{"title":"Overstock Deals","description":"\u003cp\u003eFind all of our overstock seeds and products here with discounts of \u003cstrong\u003eas much as 70% or more while supplies last!\u003c\/strong\u003e From time to time, we have bumper crops that provide a surplus of seeds. These \u003cstrong\u003efresh, clean, and healthy seeds have excellent germination rates\u003c\/strong\u003e. Many of these varieties are excellent for microgreens, and we hope you find the overstock discount prices worth stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"basil-genovese-seeds","title":"Basil Seeds - Genovese","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-90 days. Genovese basil seeds. \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Genovese is a sweet basil heirloom native to the Italian provinces of Genoa, Savona, and Imperia; while locals are decided that \u003cem\u003etrue\u003c\/em\u003e Genovese hails from the Genoa district of Pra'. Sweet basil is preferred in Italian cuisine because it lacks the \"minty\" notes as found in more aggressive cultivars, allowing for more bold, savory notes to highlight the dish. ~19,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Genovese Basil Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Genovese Basil Herb from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil is a warm-weather crop grown both indoors and out. For earliest starts, begin indoors 6-8 weeks prior to final frost. Plant 4-6 seeds .25\" deep per cell or 3-4\" apart in the garden in moderately moist, well-drained soil in full sun. Germinates in 5-10 days, thinning back to 1-2 plants per pot or every 9-12\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Harden off seedlings if transplanting outside. Harvest, prune, and pinch regularly to encourage growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep soil moist but not saturated as basil is susceptible to overwatering, mildew, and mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGenovese Basil in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil plants are popularly grown indoors just as readily as they are planted outdoors in containers, planters, and the garden bed. Most varieties of basil are native to the reliably wet, humid tropics of southeast Asia and Africa and still require the same consistently moist conditions for a flavorful and booming harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA member of the mint family, culinary basil grows, habits, and looks very similar to garden mint. Yet unlike mint, the basil plant has more diverse varieties in color and flavor such as Cinnamon, Lemon, Licorice, and Spicy. Native to much of Asia, basil thrives in many temperate climates with regular moisture and no extremes in heat or cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs basil is a natural insect repellent, this larger-sized basil variety also makes an ideal companion plant. Place your Genovese Basil in a container near your tomatoes in the summer for bold flavor, better growth, and to help prevent pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Genovese Basil Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePruning the plants before they set flowers will keep the plant producing fresh leaves throughout the season. Prune about once a month. A shot of liquid nitrogen fertilizer, at pruning time, if your soil is not particularly fertile, will help the plants recover. Eat basil often and dry or freeze leaves throughout the summer. Make your final harvest before the first frost of fall, as the plant will not survive the cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVigorous, tall-growing, large-leaved basil is a must in any pesto. Can grow up to 2' tall with leaves 1-2\" wide. During the summer when we have a surplus of basil we will make our pesto, freeze it in ice cube trays and then remove them to store in a freezer container. This is a perfect way to get pesto even during the dreariest days of winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 (90 days for seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender leaf and bushy shrub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Consistently moist, fertile, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to rot and mildew in overly saturated, heavy, and poorly drained soil. Basil does not have too many pests or insects and is generally seeded in the garden to help minimize pests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenovese Basil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, dark green Genovese-style leaf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenovese Basil Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic savory, non-sweet, cultivar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Genovese Basil Herb Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eAL, GA, KY, LA, MS, NC, SC, TN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSarah @ Super Herbs.net says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"Ocimum basilicum 'Genovese' is an annual native to India, Africa, and Asia. One of the most popular herbs, it is now cultivated in all temperate climates throughout the world. Of all the basils to grow, and there are about 150 varieties, Genovese basil is one of the best because it yields 7 to 8 cuttings and makes the best pesto.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"Try a cup of basil tea as an after dinner drink to aid digestion and expel gas. Basil tea is also good for stomach cramps and vomiting. An extract from the seeds has been shown to have an antibacterial effect. Combine it with wood betony and skullcap for nervous conditions or with elecampane and hyssop for coughs. Rub leaves on insect bites to reduce itching.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs basil has many different types, Genovese Basil is a sweet cultivar that grows large dark-green leaves and is one of the most diverse and popular basil types when it comes to cooking. This essential basil is native to an Italian region called Genoa and is often used in pestos, tomato pastas, Caprese salads and pizza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenovese Basil matures as a compact bush with vigorous growth\"producing a bold licorice spice mixed with sweet flavor, as it thrives with regular moisture. Genovese Basil is used for many medicinal benefits, such as treating depression with its strong scent and oils, aiding inflammation, and even helping fight fevers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-GMO Genovese Basil Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packet - Approximately 1,350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 19,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 76,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wholesale - Approximately 304,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Bulk - Approximately 1,520,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Bulk - Approximately 7,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Genovese basil herb seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31778320318579,"sku":"48425","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818568904,"sku":"30626","price":6.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818568968,"sku":"30625","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818569032,"sku":"30624","price":25.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818569096,"sku":"16621","price":84.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818569160,"sku":"16614","price":327.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Basil-Seeds-Genovese-comp.jpg?v=1762440245"},{"product_id":"basil-dwarf-greek","title":"Basil Seeds - Dwarf Greek","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Open-pollinated, Heirloom Dwarf Greek Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum. As basil has many different varieties, Dwarf Greek Basil Herb is one of the smaller, ancient herbs\" as it's over 4,000 years old and native to the Mediterranean and South Asian regions. This basil heirloom is small enough to grow on your patio and is an essential ingredient in many Italian dishes. With light-green leaves that develop into a compact, spherical-shaped bushes, Dwarf Greek Basil plants give off a peppery and sweet aroma. This type of sweet basil is often used as a flavorful addition to tomato sauces or soups. As basil is known for its medicinal benefits, Dwarf Greek Basil leaves can be chewed to aid digestion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Dwarf Greek Basil (Ocimum basilicum) grows as small bushes only 6-8\" tall. As late summer to early fall approaches, open-pollinated Dwarf Greek Basil develops light-green leaves and takes on a spherical shape, giving off a slightly peppery and sweet aroma. Your crop will reach ideal harvesting before Greek Basil blooms their white buds. This sweet basil crop will continue to grow its small yet bright leaves until the first frost arrives. Dwarf Greek Basil is also great to plant in a pot on your patio as a compact herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil in general, is an ultimate hybrid herb with a lot of different strains. As basil is also ancient, it's a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. Basil can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The more popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil. However, some sources often describe notes of clove as being \"sweet\", making basil a diverse herb difficult to categorize.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUses for Dwarf Greek Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can make herbal incense sticks with your Greek basil and allow its medicinal benefits to extract its oils. This type of sweet yet peppery basil is also great for shampoo or conditioner infusion. You can pour boiling water over your freshly chopped greek basil and let it sit for a few hours before mixing it into a bottle with other ingredients such as grapeseed oil and liquid soap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum var. 'dwarf greek'\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60+(leaves) 90(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small light-green leaves, white buds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Herb\/Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, peppery and bright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Dwarf Greek Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs an heirloom variety that provides a unique flavor between sweet and spicy, Dwarf Greek Basil compliments many Italian dishes and adds a bright aroma to tomato sauce. This type of sweet basil with small leaves also can be added as a garnish to drinks such as a lime cooler. As sweet basil varieties range widely in flavor, Greek Basil is essential to any fresh cucumber salad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Growing Dwarf Greek Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a late summer to early fall crop, non-GMO basil plants will not only add to the overall aroma, but will also repel unwanted pests such as flies and mosquitoes. Dwarf Greek Basil plants are often made into a natural fragrance spray, which happens to help ward off mosquitoes. Greek Basil crops are also great for drying and can be stored in bundles for seasoning or used as aromatherapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDwarf Greek Basil Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31778303541363,"sku":"48424","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38830923144,"sku":"30607","price":5.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38830923208,"sku":"30606","price":8.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38830923272,"sku":"30605","price":22.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-dwarf-greek-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_6f5d0518-d352-4e37-b435-2f0742c59aa4.jpg?v=1764634011"},{"product_id":"basil-siam-queen","title":"Thai Basil Seeds - Siam Queen","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Siam Queen Thai Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum. As basil has many different types, Siam Queen Thai Basil is a sweet cultivar that originated from Southeast Asia. This genuine Thai Basil grows 4\" rich-green leaves with purple stems\"giving off a spicy clove and licorice scent. This large-leaf tropical herb is often grown as an ornamental garden. Thai Basil has also been used as a medicinal remedy to aid insomnia, colds, digestion, and skin irritation. With its strong anise flavor and active growth, Siam Queen Basil makes an ideal ingredient in Thai cuisine or fresh zesty salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instuctions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70+(leaves) 90+(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large-leaf green leaves, purple flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong licorice spice, rich clove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Thai Basil (Ocimum basilicum) plants grow 20-24\" tall as compact bushes. Tropical heirlooms such as Siam Queen Thai Basil Herbs, produce into late summer with active growth, developing rich-green leaves with purple stems. Your sweet basil crop will reach ideal harvesting as their leaves grow to 4\" and give off a strong clove scent, but before they bloom. This large-leaf type of basil with anise flavor will continue to provide spicy licorice flavor until the first frost arrives. By early fall, your fresh Siam Thai Basil will grow purple zesty flowers and begin to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn general, basil is an ultimate hybrid with many different varieties. Basil is also ancient, which makes it a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. This herb can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil. Although Siam Queen Basil Herbs produce clove flavor, this type of genuine Thai basil is considered sweet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-Culinary Uses for Siam Queen Thai Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSiam Queen Basil has a rich licorice aroma, along with clove and spice. As this type of sweet thai basil is often grown for its aromatic properties as an ornamental garden, its strong scent and rich colors provide more than flavor to your herb garden with its active purple foliage. This tropical basil can also be used as a medicinal remedy, such as a way to aid skin wounds or insect bites with the large green leaves of Siam Queen Thai Basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Siam Queen Thai Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis genuine Thai basil, which originated from Southeast Asia, is ideal in spicy cuisine or to add its clove-type zest to fresh salads. This sweet basil type is also cooked for its strong anise flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Siam Queen Thai Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSiam Queen Basil blooms purple flowers with a zesty aroma, giving off spicy clove scents that help repel insects such as flies and mosquitoes. As this herb grows actively and up to 24\" tall, this Thai basil variety is most often grown as decoration or ornamental garden bed. Siam Queen Thai Basil plants also make a great companion to flowering herbs and tomatoes throughout the summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSiam Queen Thai Basil Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 22,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 91,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 364,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 1,824,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 mg Packet","offer_id":40471359553651,"sku":"59872","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":38830942472,"sku":"30839","price":5.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38830942536,"sku":"30840","price":9.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38830942600,"sku":"30838","price":22.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-siam-queen-comp.jpg?v=1762440284"},{"product_id":"basil-spicy-globe","title":"Basil Seeds - Spicy Globe","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Spicy Globe Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum. As basil has many different varieties, Spicy Globe Basil is a dwarf hybrid and one of the smallest to grow in your herb garden. This sweet basil comes from India and other Asian regions. Spicy Globe Basil matures as a compact bush and makes an ideal patio plant. In Italian cuisine, this basil is used to add a peppery and citrus zest to sauces such as pesto, tomato or a vinaigrette. Often referred to as Greek Basil, or the \"Good Basil\" this hybrid herb thrives in a container and can be used as aromatherapy. Spicy Globe Basil plants develop dense bright-green leaves as they form into little globe-shaped shrubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum var. 'spicy globe'\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60+(leaves) 90(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact mini shrub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright-green leaves, tiny white flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Herb\/Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppery, citrus and minty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Spicy Globe Basil (Ocimum basilicum) plants grow only 6-12\" tall as compact bushes. Dwarf hybrids such as Spicy Globe Basil Herbs, are among the smallest basil varieties and will develop 1\/4\" long leaves. Your basil crop will reach ideal harvesting as they grow into little dense shrubs, but before they bloom. This bright-green basil will continue to mature and give off a citrusy, minty and peppery scent until the first frost arrives. By late summer to early fall, your aromatic Spicy Globe Basil plant will provide tiny white flowers\"thriving as a mini globe-shaped herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil in general, is an ultimate hybrid herb with a lot of different strains. As basil is also ancient, it's a challenge for gardeners to pin down a single origin. Basil can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The more popular types are considered sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't sweet would be clove basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-culinary Uses for Spicy Globe Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs basil is one of the best ancient herbs to consume when it comes to health, Spicy Globe varieties provide similar non-culinary benefits as Sweet Basil. The oils that come from basil leaves are also used for aromatherapy to relieve stress or anxiety. You can also grow basil as an ornament for your herb garden, as Spicy Globe Basil are mini shrub plants that give off a sweet, citrusy and slightly spicy aroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Spicy Globe Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a hybrid basil that provides zesty flavor, Spicy Globe Basil is an ideal ingredient in Italian cuisine. This type of basil can be added to enhance the flavor of a tomato or pasta sauce, as its little leaves provide peppery, citrus and minty notes. As sweet basil varieties range in flavor, Spicy Globe, also referred to as the \"Good Basil\" thrives as a savory herb. Spicy Globe or Greek Basil also dries and stores better than others\"as dried bundles of this herb make a great year-round seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Growing Spicy Globe Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs basil is a natural insect repellent, this small-sized variety makes an ideal patio or kitchen plant to help ward off mosquitoes in the summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpicy Globe Basil Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 21,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 84,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 336,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 1,680,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 8,400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31778590818419,"sku":"48431","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38830945416,"sku":"30853","price":7.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38830945480,"sku":"30852","price":12.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-spicy-globe-comp.jpg?v=1762440286"},{"product_id":"basil-thai-seeds","title":"Basil Seeds - Thai","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-90 days. Non-GMO, Open-pollinated, Heirloom Thai Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum var. thyrsiflora is native to various Asian regions, such as India and Iran. As basil has many different varieties, Thai Basil Herb Seeds are considered a sweet basil and develop deep-purple stems that blend into glossy dark-green leaves. From making natural soaps to using them as an aromatherapy remedy, Thai Basil is a bountiful crop for any herb garden and has been grown for over 5,000 years. Herbs like sweet Thai Basil Seed prefer warm regions where the soil has reached at least 65-70 degrees. About 16,500 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/basil-thai-microgreens-seeds?variant=45197323784\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThai Basil Herb Garden Planting Seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThai Basil Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ocimum basilicum var. thyrsiflorum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50+ (leaves) 75+ (ornamental)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, moist and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs, and fusarium wilt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThai Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep-purple stems, glossy dark-green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Licorice, slightly sweet and minty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThai Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-pollinated Thai Basil herb plants (Ocimum basilicum var. thyrsiflora) reach 12-18\" tall as their glossy dark-green leaves develop 1-2\". As mid-to-late summer approaches, sweet Thai Basil plants grow closely together as their deep-purple stems begin to flower. While Thai Basil herbs are able to easily reseed, this variety grows a bountiful crop that loves to spread in the heat and dies back once the first frost arrives. Thai Basil Herbs also prefer to have their dried flowers cut back and will produce more lush leaves before harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-culinary Uses for Thai Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThai Basil is often grown for ornamental uses by giving deep-purple colors and a minty scent to your overall garden. Thai Basil also makes a great natural soap by mixing liquid glycerin with your minced-up fresh herbs, then pouring it into a mold to saponify and harden for up to 48 hours. Add some essential oils such as lemon. As aromatherapy, Thai Basil leaves can be placed underneath your eyes or massaged onto your temples to help relieve stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasil has been cultivated into many different varieties as an ultimate hybrid herb. it's useful to note how in general, basil can be classified as either sweet or unsweet. The more common types are sweet basils, such as Thai Basil. A variety that would be considered less sweet is lemon basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Thai Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a sweet basil variety a part of the mint family, Thai Basil compliments savory and spicy dishes such as Indian curries or pho, a Vietnamese soup. While cooking, the leaves of Thai Basil can withstand the heat better than other types of sweet basil. Although Thai Basil is a sweet cultivar, this herb is known for its licorice flavor and aroma, which can be added on top of a fresh tomato salad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThai Basil Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 Mg\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 16,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 oz\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 66,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 264,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 1,320,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-GMO Thai Basil seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Fast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 mg Packet","offer_id":44410519126131,"sku":"62640","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38830952328,"sku":"30888","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38830952456,"sku":"30887","price":16.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38830952584,"sku":"30886","price":45.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":18334753259635,"sku":"20738","price":165.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18334758469747,"sku":"42250","price":654.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-thai-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440287"},{"product_id":"watermelon-calsweet-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Cal Sweet","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Cal Sweet Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat tolerant, seeded, Picnic watermelon. Cal Sweet Watermelon fruits typically weigh 20 to 25 pounds with distinctive light and dark green stripes with bright red flesh. Calsweet has a tough rind and is a good shipping melon if grown with stress. Watermelon prefers full sun and warm to hot temperatures—plant in mid to late spring. Watermelons are also packed with rich antioxidants such as lycopene. Calsweet has demonstrated resistance to fusarium wilt ~675 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seededs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 - 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 120 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCal Sweet Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Citrullus lanatus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e “Non-GMO Cal Sweet\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine spreading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile and well-drained with soil pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm to hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles, melon aphids and leafminers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich dark-green striped exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, sweet, and bright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds in pots 4-6 before your region's final frost. Plant non-GMO watermelon seeds 1\" deep in quart containers and in potting soil that is well-drained. Germination will take 3-10 days. Place Cal Sweet seedlings in a sunny location and keep the soil moist. Once the young watermelon sprouts have developed their first set of true leaves, transplant them into their permanent home. Use fertile soil that is well-draining and has a pH of 6.0-7.0. Directly sow seeds once your region has remained warm and at least 70°. Place in a location where the watermelons will receive plenty of heat and plant in raised hills. Sow Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds 1\" deep, 1-2\" apart and with 5-6\" spaced in between hills. Water regularly until you see fruit begin to produce on the vines, then ease up on watering to help the summer conditions ripen your watermelon crop. it's recommended to use row covers to protect the Cal Sweet Watermelon plants outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can harvest your non-GMO Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds around 90 days from the sowing date or once the underside of the fruit has turned a yellow color. Wait for the main vine and coils attached near the stem to dry out. Unlike other melon varieties such as cantaloupe, watermelons won't fall off the primary spreading vine by themselves. Harvest your ripe heirloom watermelon crop with gardening shears by cutting the fruit near the stem. The fresh fruit of watermelon offers a variety of flavors when paired with something savory or mixed in a salad. Some adventurous gardeners even pepper their watermelon with chili powder or salt!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFacts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Citrullus lanatus Cal Sweet variety is easy to carry as a picnic-sized melon. Watermelons are not only rich in lycopene, they produce high amounts of vitamin C!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCal Sweet Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 670 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2,680 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 10,720 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 53,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 268,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31982392311923,"sku":"48930","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921725576,"sku":"35032","price":6.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921725640,"sku":"35031","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921725704,"sku":"35030","price":25.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977504309363,"sku":"49438","price":84.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977504473203,"sku":"49439","price":327.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/watermelon-calsweet-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441129"},{"product_id":"carrot-white-seeds","title":"Carrot Seeds - Lunar White","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-80 days. The Lunar White carrot is a unique pale white variety. Each root grows to be up to six inches long, and has a classic tapered end. The roots are very sweet and tender, and an excellent choice for home growers hoping to add something unique to the garden. This variety can be grown in zones three to twelve, and requires full sun. Roots grow long and straight, so they do best in sandy soil free of rocks or obstacles. The Lunar White carrot is ready to harvest in sixty days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Lunar White Carrot Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e daucus carota subsp. Sativus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, well drained, sandy soil, pH of 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to weevils and carrot rust fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite carrots grow in a classic way, requiring a sandy type soil that doesn't have any obstacles in it such as rocks or lumps. This way, the roots can grow directly down with ease, and they won't become crooked. The soil should also have a pH level between six and seven. When sowing the seeds, keep four inches between the plants and nine to sixteen inches between rows. You can sow them all at once, or sow a few rows every couple of weeks for a more continual harvest. After seventy days since sowing, the Lunar White carrots will be full sized and ready to be harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese carrots are unique with their glowy white hue, excellent to sell at farmers markets. Read this \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.whfoods.com\/genpage.php?tname=foodspice\u0026amp;dbid=21\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e article\u003c\/a\u003e on the health benefits of Carrots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g Packet - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 7,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31791850487923,"sku":"48473","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38921758472,"sku":"41371","price":7.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":38921758536,"sku":"41372","price":12.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":38921758600,"sku":"11604","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39345222680691,"sku":"50809","price":114.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39345224843379,"sku":"50810","price":450.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/carrot-white-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441136"},{"product_id":"beet-golden-detroit","title":"Beet Seeds - Golden Detroit","description":"\u003cp\u003e55-60 days. Golden Detroit beet seeds. \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. The Golden Detroit is an easy to grow beet that can be harvested as early as fifty days after planting, and thrives in colder weather. The Golden Detroit has a sweet taste, and is full of nutrients. It is recommended that you harvest the beets when the roots are one to three inches, for best flavor. The stalks of this root vegetable remain dark green like other strains of beets, but the vein adorn a brighter red and orange shade. Produces deep orange and yellow beetroots. ~1,250 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Golden Detroit Beet Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rooted and leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, sandy, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor for aphids and leafhoppers which may lead to any number of yellowing and leaf-spotting diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Detroit Beet Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Golden orange and yellow flesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Detroit Beet Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Even sweeter than deep red beets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Golden Detroit Beets from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Detroit beet is a cool weather favorite best sown directly outdoors 4-5 weeks prior to final spring frost or 4-5 weeks before the first autumn frost. Sow 3-4 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in fertile, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 5-10 days, thinning best starts to every 3-4\" as true leaves establish. Beet seeds may be pre-soaked for 24 hours to encourage germination. Golden Detroit beet can be sown every 2-3 weeks for replete season-long harvests. Avoid using fertilizers high in nitrogen causing plants to produce plentiful vegetation, but smaller roots. A top layer of mulch will help roots cool and retain moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, you'll want to plant the seeds three to four weeks before the average last frost. To encourage germination, you can soak the seeds for twenty four hours before planting. After planting, water the seeds every two weeks. After thirty five days, the beets will be mature enough to harvest. This strain of beet is used as a first early variety of beet for mid-summer sowing and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGolden Detroit Beets in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeets are a sweet, sugary, and short-term cool weather favorite able to be sown multiple times during the year for quick and successive harvests. Just like carrot, radish, and many other root vegetables, beet is quick to maturity and thrives when sown directly outside in the garden bed. Although widely known for being a deep burgundy color, the hardy beetroot is available in many shapes and colors including heirloom classics White Detroit, Golden Detroit, and Chioggia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenefits from full sun to partial shade lighting. At 35 days, the \"baby greens\" can be harvested. At 50 days, the full leaf greens can be harvested, and at 55 days the roots are ready for harvest. Golden Detroit Beet thrives in full sun and partial shade. Greens should be harvested when 3 inches in height for maximum flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Golden Detroit Red Beets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of beet are ready to harvest in about 50-60 days from sowing or when showing 1\" in diameter above soil, but will remain tender even up to 3-4\" in diameter. In compacted soils, carefully loosen soil around roots before harvesting with help of a gardening fork. Beet greens can be harvested like lettuce or any culinary herb when 2-3\" tall. Small tender greens can be enjoyed fresh in a salad mix while larger, coarser greens taste best when lightly sauteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Golden Detroit Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden beet made its debut in 1970. If you are annoyed with those pesky red beets \"bleeding\" all over your counters, then this is the beet for you. Want to wow your dinner guests? Slice them straight out of the garden when they are almost golden-orange and toss them in a salad like we do. They don't seem to have the earthy taste some beets can have raw. So they are just yummy and healthy raw!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCook them and they turn buttercup yellow. Golden beets retain a silk smooth sweet flavor even when cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden beets are globe shaped and remain mild even when they get older. The tops can't be \"beet\" (lol couldn't resist) either; they are tasty, green and even sweet to some palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. Vinegar pairs well with beets. In most cases, the smaller the beet, the sweeter the beet, and the larger the beet, the more \"Ëœearthy\" the beet will taste. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNon-GMO Golden Detroit Beet Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Golden Detroit beet seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925049800,"sku":"18571","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38925049608,"sku":"30631","price":5.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925049672,"sku":"30630","price":9.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925049736,"sku":"30629","price":27.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39344748068979,"sku":"50773","price":66.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39344748232819,"sku":"50774","price":254.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Beet-Seeds-Golden-Detroit-comp.jpg?v=1762440367"},{"product_id":"cucumber-ashley","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Ashley","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 days. The Ashley cucumber is a large variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Ashley is green and smooth, and grows to be seven to eight inches long. Since this variety is mature in sixty five days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. Medium, vigorous vines produce uniform 7 to 8 inch fruits that have a slight taper on the stem end. Produces heavily in hot, humid areas. Excellent for market. Downy mildew resistant. Approx. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Ashley Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained, temperature between 65 and 75 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g- Approximately 127 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 19,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 96,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 480,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAshley cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Ashley cucumbers at the stem. Especially great for coastal areas, or humid areas because of its resistance to mildew. May is the standard time for planting. Soak seeds overnight before planting to promote germination. A trellis system will provide a higher yield, but you can also plant it with stakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Gram Packet","offer_id":31908917379187,"sku":"48573","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38926624264,"sku":"30942","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38926624328,"sku":"36457","price":7.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38926624392,"sku":"30941","price":16.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39348135034995,"sku":"50907","price":51.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39348135428211,"sku":"50908","price":195.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-ashley-comp.jpg?v=1759441139"},{"product_id":"corn-ornamental-blue-hopi","title":"Corn Seeds - Flint - Hopi Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e100 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Hopi Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, Flint and Flour Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Blue Hopi is known for its large, blue ears (8-9 inches) with a sweet flavor. While this is sweet corn when harvested young, it is most commonly used as a flint and flour type when it is ground for a blue corn meal used for tortillas, corn chips, or blue cornbread. Its blue color also makes it highly decorative. Contains 20% more protein than other varieties of corn. ~90 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \nFlint - Flint corn (commonly called Indian Corn) gets its name from the hard outer layer on each kernel. Flint types are not typically eaten like sweet corn, but some do like to harvest Hopi Blue early and eat as you would a sweet corn. It can also be ground into flour to make various corn-based foods. Often very colorful and commonly used as an ornamental decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 115 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist and well drained, pH 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Hopi Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Hopi Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be eaten as a sweet-type when young. When dried, treat as an ornamental flint corn good for making corn flour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ornamental - The inclusion of unique colors or ornamental characteristics makes an appealing appearance on the plant or as a harvested decorative ear of corn. Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot usually eaten as sweet corn, but it can be eaten as a sweet corn if picked when young and eaten soon after picking. Most commonly ground for blue corn meal used for tortillas, corn chips, or blue cornbread. Contains 20% more protein than other varieties of corn. Prepare soil with compost and plant a week after the last frost. Avoid planting near tomatoes but okay to plant near peas, cucumbers, and pole beans. Weed regularly. Consider laying mulch over the top to help control weeds. Wait til stalk and leaves are completely brown before harvesting. Stalk may need to be dried indoor if in a humid area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Hopi Corn Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Wholesale - Approximately 31 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 360 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,440 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Gram Packet","offer_id":31908375330931,"sku":"48568","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39348131987571,"sku":"50904","price":5.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39348132249715,"sku":"50905","price":6.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38926627144,"sku":"30957","price":13.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38926627272,"sku":"30958","price":38.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38926627336,"sku":"37087","price":141.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-ornamental-blue-hopi-comp_1.jpg?v=1762440391"},{"product_id":"corn-ornamental-carousel","title":"Corn Seeds - Ornamental - Carousel","description":"\u003cp\u003e100-110 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Ornamental-carousel Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, Pop Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Ornamental-carousel ears are 4 to 5 inches long and vividly multicolored. The Ornamental Carousel variety of corn seeds develop into multicolored kernels, with small ears that grow to be between four and five inches long. The Ornamental Carousel is mature after one hundred and four days. ~500 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e #-#\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pop - Smaller kernels with shells that harden when dried. The interior moisture content turns to steam, and they puff or pop when heated. Not for eating like regular sweet corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 115 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist and well drained, temp of 55 to 65 F, pH 6 to\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\nRainbow, multi-colored\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrnamental-carousel Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multicolored, Yellow, White, Red, Purple, Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrnamental-carousel Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ornamental - For sweet corn, this means a mix of white and yellow kernels. For other corns, it means the inclusion of other colors or ornamental characteristics like an appealing appearance on the plant or as a harvested decorative ear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, one to two inches deep with eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 g Packet","offer_id":42982657327219,"sku":"48569","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":42982660702323,"sku":"50894","price":3.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":42982661914739,"sku":"50895","price":5.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005094472,"sku":"30999","price":15.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005094536,"sku":"31000","price":87.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39345737236595,"sku":"50896","price":340.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-ornamental-carousel-Comp.jpg?v=1759441142"},{"product_id":"cucumber-marketmore-76","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Marketmore 76","description":"\u003cp\u003e67 days. The Marketmore 76 cucumber is a variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Marketmore 76 is dark green and smooth, and grows to be between eight and nine inches long. Since this variety is mature in sixty seven days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. This strain is a very popular and productive variety. CMV, DM, PM, Sc. Approx. 1,100 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Marketmore 76 Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained, temperature between 65 and 75 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 116 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 17,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 88,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarketmore 76 cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Marketmore 76 cucumbers at the stem. Fruits grow to a size of 8 to 9 inches long and 2 ½ inches across. Their skin is smooth and dark while its flesh is light green and juicy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39009528904,"sku":"18597","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39406923513971,"sku":"43965","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39009528712,"sku":"31310","price":7.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009528776,"sku":"31308","price":16.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009528840,"sku":"31309","price":51.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39352930599027,"sku":"50915","price":195.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-76-marketmore-human-Org-Comp.jpg?v=1759347265"},{"product_id":"cucumber-spacemaster-80","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Spacemaster 80","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e. Spacemaster 80 Cucumber Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, monoecious, slicing cucumber. Suitable for growing in fields, containers (with support), garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses (with pollinators). Resistant to Cucumber Mosaic Virus, Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, and Scab. Dark green, smooth, slender, cylindrical, uniform 7-8 in. fruits form on dwarf 36 in. vines with no runners. A great choice for container gardens. Adaptable to a wide range of climates. ~950 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this is the preferred method for growing cucumber seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, while direct sowing is the preferred method, starting indoors is common. Start 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Cucumbers need warm air and soil temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumber Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slicing - Slicing cucumbers typically are longer and have a thicker, smoother skin that is usually peeled off before eating. Ideal for eating fresh and in salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumber Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monoecious - These cucumbers produce both male and female flowers. While insects carry out pollination activity, you may hand-pollinate to increase the likelihood of fruit set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Around 45-64 Days from sowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact vine. Cucumbers can grow along the soil surface, but are often healthier with a vertical support to promote airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The hairy leaves and prickly spines of cucumbers generally lead deer to pursue other plants first. However, deer will eat them if there aren’t more appetizing options nearby.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumbers prefer rich, well-draining soils with a pH of 6-6.8. Consistent watering is required for abundant yields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer 64-86 F. Cucumbers do not tolerate frost and often become damaged at temperatures below 50F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e This variety is resistant to Cucumber Mosaic Virus, Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, and Scab. Cucumbers are generally known to be susceptible to snails, aphids, cutworms, spider mites, squash vine borers, and cucumber beetles. Common diseases include powdery mildew and cucumber mosaic virus. Reduce the effects of pests and disease by practicing crop rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacemaster 80 Cucumber Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacemaster 80 Cucumber Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, slightly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Fields, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Spacemaster 80 Cucumber in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers perform best when directly sown 1-2 weeks after your last frost date, but may be started 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Sow 1 inch deep, 12-18 inches apart, with rows spaced 48 inches. Grow in a location with rich, well-draining soil and full sun. While cucumbers can be left to sprawl across the soil, supporting them vertically with a trellis can promote healthy growth and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers are mostly water and perform best with consistent watering applications. As a monoecious type, it is important that the flowers are pollinated by insects or by hand to develop fruit. Monoecious plants have both male and female flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Spacemaster 80 Cucumber\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese slender, smooth, dark green fruits are uniform with a length of 7-8 inches. Cucumbers produce more prolifically when they are harvested frequently while young. Allowing fruits to become overly mature may reduce overall yields. Remove cucumbers using harvesting or pruning shears and avoid pulling them from the plant to prevent damage to your harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Spacemaster 80 Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacemaster 80 is perfect for container gardeners as its compact size allows it to thrive in small spaces, even hanging baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To protect young cucumber plants from cucumber beetles, cover them with a floating row cover until flowers begin to form.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Ashleigh Smith\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/ashleigh-smith-compressed_480x480.jpg?v=1654009527\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Ashleigh Smith, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpacemaster 80 Cucumber Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Wholesale - Approximately 25 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 950 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 15,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 76,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 380,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Spacemaster 80 Cucumber seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31908923277427,"sku":"48576","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39016322824,"sku":"31549","price":5.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39016322888,"sku":"31548","price":8.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016322952,"sku":"31546","price":20.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39352933384307,"sku":"50920","price":66.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39352933646451,"sku":"50921","price":254.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-spacemaster-80-Comp.jpg?v=1759441151"},{"product_id":"cucumber-pickling-wisconsin-smr","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Pickling - Wisconsin SMR","description":"\u003cp\u003e55-58 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e. Wisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, monoecious, pickling cucumber. Suitable for growing in fields, containers (with support), garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses (with pollinators). Resistant to Cucumber Mosaic Virus and Scab. This is said to be the absolute best non-hybrid pickling cucumber. Recommended by Utah State University, Wisconsin SMR-58 produces massive yields of mild-flavored (perfect for soaking up spices), small cucumbers that are perfect for pickling. ~850 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-58\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this is the preferred method for growing cucumber seeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, while direct sowing is the preferred method, starting indoors is common. Start 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Cucumbers need warm air and soil temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumber Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pickling - Pickling cucumbers typically are shorter, have a thinner, bumpy, or warty skin. While they can be eaten fresh and in salads, these are preferred for pickling. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumber Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monoecious - These cucumbers produce both male and female flowers. While insects carry out pollination activity, you may hand-pollinate to increase the likelihood of fruit set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Around 45-64 Days from sowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining. Cucumbers can grow along the soil surface, but are often healthier with a vertical support to promote airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The hairy leaves and prickly spines of cucumbers generally lead deer to pursue other plants first. However, deer will eat them if there aren’t more appetizing options nearby.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumbers prefer rich, well-draining soils with a pH of 6-6.8. Consistent watering is required for abundant yields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer 64-86 F. Cucumbers do not tolerate frost and often become damaged at temperatures below 50F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e This variety is resistant to Cucumber Mosaic Virus and Scab. Cucumbers are generally known to be susceptible to snails, aphids, cutworms, spider mites, squash vine borers, and cucumber beetles. Common diseases include powdery mildew and cucumber mosaic virus. Reduce the effects of pests and disease by practicing crop rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with black spines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp, fresh, and sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Fields, Containers (with support)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Wisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers perform best when directly sown 1-2 weeks after your last frost date, but may be started 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Sow 1 inch deep, 12-18 inches apart, with rows spaced 48 inches. Grow in a location with rich, well-draining soil and full sun. While cucumbers can be left to sprawl across the soil, supporting them vertically with a trellis can promote healthy growth and airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers are mostly water and perform best with consistent watering applications. As a monoecious type, insect or hand pollination is key to a productive fruit set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Wisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrisp, fresh, and sweet, this pickle can not be beat. If you love making homemade pickles, then you must try this great pickling cucumber. Fruits are dark green with black spines. 2.5 inches by 6 inches long. Cucumbers produce more prolifically when they are harvested frequently while young. Allowing fruits to become overly mature may reduce overall yields. Remove cucumbers using harvesting or pruning shears and avoid pulling them from the plant to prevent damage to your harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Wisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBred by the University of Michigan in 1959 to be the perfect cucumber for those with short seasons or in northern climates. Disease Resistant: Scab and Cucumber Mosaic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I recommend growing cucumbers with a vertical support, like a fence or a trellis, to promote healthy air circulation.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/ashleigh-smith-compressed_480x480.jpg?v=1654009527\" alt=\"Ashleigh Smith\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Ashleigh Smith, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Wholesale - Approximately 30 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 850 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 13,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Wisconsin SMR-58 Pickling Cucumber Cucumber seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Gram Packet","offer_id":31910362710131,"sku":"48578","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39016358344,"sku":"31674","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39016358408,"sku":"31673","price":7.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016358536,"sku":"31670","price":16.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016358600,"sku":"31671","price":51.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39352989515891,"sku":"50931","price":195.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-pickling-wisconsin-smr-Comp.jpg?v=1759441153"},{"product_id":"melon-cantaloupe-hearts-of-gold-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Cantaloupe - Hearts of Gold","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Hearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat-tolerant Cantaloupe Melon. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Blight. Also known as “Hoodoo,” the Hearts of Gold cantaloupe is a fantastic choice for midwestern gardeners. The sweet, deep orange flesh is incredibly aromatic and firm. The seed cavity is small, leaving more room for fruit! The round melons mature at 5-6 inches in diameter and 3-5 pounds. The husk is heavily netted with medium ribs. The plant is quite vigorous and very productive. A good choice for short-distance shipping.  ~1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantaloupe - Cantaloupe is a muskmelon with a scaly or 'netted' outer rind, and sweet flesh that is most commonly orange, but can also be yellow or green. The flavor can only be described as 'cantaloupe', while the odor is slightly musky. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sprawled, Trailing Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-95 days. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to blight. Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tan exterior and bright orange interior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, rich, musky flavor, known for being one of the best-flavored cantaloupe varieties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, fruit salad, smoothies, desserts, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Hearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soil should be well-draining, sandy, and rich in organic matter. Ideally, the pH should be between 6.0 and 6.5. If you’re planting outdoors, direct sow seeds after the last frost when the soil has warmed to at least 65 F. Seeds should be sown 0.5 inches deep and spaced about 24 inches apart to give vines room to spread. For rows, space them at least 4-6 feet apart. If you're growing in containers, use a large pot (5 gallons or more) with a sturdy trellis to support the vines. If you're starting seeds indoors, sow them in biodegradable pots 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost. After germination, the seedlings will need to be hardened off by gradually exposing them to outdoor conditions over 7-10 days before transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater the plants deeply and regularly, especially during fruit development, aiming for about 1-2 inches of water per week. Avoid watering the foliage directly to prevent disease, focusing instead on the base of the plant. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. As the vines grow, they may benefit from light pruning to remove non-fruit-bearing vines, which can redirect energy to fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply a balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) at planting, then side-dress with compost or fertilizer rich in potassium and phosphorus once flowering begins. Ensure that your plants are getting full sunlight for at least 6-8 hours a day. Companion plants that benefit cantaloupe include corn, beans, and marigolds. Avoid planting near potatoes or cucumbers. Optionally, Use a sturdy trellis and gently train the vines upward. This helps with airflow, prevents the fruit from resting on the soil, and saves space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Hearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantaloupes are ready to harvest when they easily \"slip\" (detach) from the vine with gentle pressure. You’ll also notice the rind turning from green to tan, and the netted skin will become more pronounced. The melon will emit a sweet, fruity aroma at the stem end, which is a strong indicator of ripeness. To harvest, gently twist the melon until it separates from the vine, or use garden shears to cut it off. Be careful not to damage the vine, as cantaloupe plants can produce multiple fruits over the season. Once harvested, enjoy the melon immediately for peak flavor, or store it in the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Hearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHearts of Gold was first developed by a farmer named Roland Morrill in Michigan in 1890. It became popular for its flavor, productivity, and hardiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHearts of Gold is primarily grown for its fresh eating qualities. It is an excellent choice for anyone who loves sweet, juicy melons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelons are low in calories, rich in fiber, and contain antioxidants that may help reduce inflammation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety was bred for sweet flavor and hady growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Being from Michigan, I always enjoy learning about melons with ties to my home state. Hearts of Gold is a great cantaloupe variety for anyone in Michigan or the surrounding states. I still recommend starting the seeds indoors about a month before your last frost date.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Hearts of Gold Cantaloupe Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Gram Packet","offer_id":31917938049139,"sku":"48627","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39021049288,"sku":"32764","price":5.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39021049352,"sku":"32763","price":5.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39021049416,"sku":"32761","price":10.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39021049480,"sku":"32762","price":24.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":31977490055283,"sku":"49422","price":83.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-cantaloupe-hearts-of-gold-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441171"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-cinderella-rouge-vif-d-estampes","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Cinderella","description":"\u003cp\u003e95 to 150 days. Cinderella Pumpkin Seeds. Also known as Rouge vif D'Etampes. Kids love this antique french heirloom pumpkin. Flatter than regular pumpkins and darker of color, this is the classic 'Cinderella's Coach' pumpkin. Red-orange fruits average 6 inches tall and 18 inches across with very deep sutures. Very decorative, but a little hard to carve because of the deep sutures. One of the best baking pumpkins, the sweet thick flesh has a better flavor than most carving types. It is reported as having been the variety the pilgrims cultivated and served at the second Thanksgiving dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 g - Approximately 38 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 135 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 540 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,160 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 10,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 54,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8 g Packet","offer_id":31959834919027,"sku":"48840","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39097909064,"sku":"33288","price":5.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39097909128,"sku":"33287","price":8.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39097909192,"sku":"33286","price":19.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977511518323,"sku":"49454","price":61.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977511813235,"sku":"49455","price":234.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-cinderella-rouge-vif-d-estampes-Comp.jpg?v=1762440496"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-hungarian-yellow-wax-hot-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Hungarian Yellow Wax","description":"\u003cp\u003e58 to 85 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Pepper, Hot - Hungarian Hot Wax - Organic Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, deer resistant, heat tolerant, drought tolerant, hot-type pepper with medium hot heat levels. 5,000 to 15,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to disorders. This pepper is early and prolific, producing 5-6 inch long peppers. Hungarian Yellow Peppers are 4 times hotter than a jalapeno even though they resemble a banana pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Hot Hungarian Yellow Wax Pepper Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e  4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 to 85 days (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5,000 to 15,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium - 2,500 to 30,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Jalapeno \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to disorders and deer. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHungarian Hot Wax Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow and Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Hungarian Yellow Wax Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing Hungarian Yellow Wax Hot Pepper seeds indoors about 6 to 8 weeks before your area's last expected frost date. Fill seed trays or small pots with a high-quality seed starting mix. The seeds should be sown at a depth of about 1\/4 inch. Lightly cover them with the mix and gently water to ensure even moisture. Peppers need a warm environment to germinate, ideally between 75-85 F (24-29 C). You can use a seedling heat mat to maintain this temperature. Keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the seeds germinate, which usually takes about 7-14 days, ensure they receive ample light. Grow lights are the most reliable for providing the 14-16 hours of light per day that pepper seedlings need to thrive. Rotate the trays regularly to prevent the seedlings from leaning towards the light source. Once the seedlings develop their first set of true leaves, you can feed them with a diluted liquid fertilizer every two weeks to promote strong growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting your peppers outdoors, they must be hardened off to acclimate to the outdoor environment. Begin by placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered spot for a few hours each day, gradually increasing their exposure to sunlight and outdoor conditions over two weeks. This helps reduce transplant shock and strengthens the plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the danger of frost has passed, and nighttime temperatures are consistently above 55 F (13 C), transplant your peppers. Choose a sunny location with well-draining soil, ideally with a pH between 6.0 and 6.8. Ensure the soil is adequately fertile by adding fertilizer or compost. Space the plants about 18-24 inches apart, in rows 24-36 inches apart. Dig a hole slightly larger than the root ball of each seedling, gently remove the plant from its pot, and place it in the hole at the same depth it was growing indoors. Firm the soil around the base and water thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater deeply at the base of the plants, aiming for about 1-2 inches of water per week, depending on rainfall. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture, suppress weeds, and regulate soil temperature. Feed your Hungarian Yellow Wax Hot Peppers with an organic balanced fertilizer, such as a 5-5-5 formula, once a month. Additionally, side-dress with compost or compost tea every few weeks during the growing season to provide a steady supply of nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Hungarian Yellow Wax Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHungarian Yellow Wax Hot Peppers can be harvested at various stages of ripeness, from yellow to red. They typically reach maturity 70 days after transplanting. These banana peppers are most typically harvested when yellow, but the red color offers a sweeter flavor. They can range from 5,000-15,000 SHU. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo harvest, use a sharp knife or pruning shears to cut the peppers from the plant, leaving a small stem attached to the fruit. Avoid pulling or twisting the peppers off, as this can damage the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Hungarian Yellow Wax Tomato Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHungarian Yellow Wax Hot Peppers, also known simply as Yellow Wax Peppers, originated in Hungary and have been a staple in Hungarian cuisine for centuries. They were bred for their thick walls, vibrant color, and adaptable heat level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne unique aspect of Hungarian Yellow Wax Hot Peppers is their adaptability to container gardening. They grow well in large pots, making them an excellent choice for gardeners with limited space. Ensure the container is at least 12 inches in diameter and has good drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I recommend using stakes or cages to support your plants as they grow. Especially when pepper plants bear fruit or if there is wind, they can struggle to support themselves.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHungarian Hot Wax Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Hungarian Hot Wax Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31955293569139,"sku":"48805","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39097987592,"sku":"33549","price":9.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39097987656,"sku":"33548","price":20.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39097987720,"sku":"33547","price":59.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39362128609395,"sku":"51043","price":332.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-hungarian-yellow-wax-hot-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441180"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-jack-be-little-seeds","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Jack Be Little","description":"\u003cp\u003e95 days. Cucurbita pepo. Jack Be Little Pumpkin seeds are upright tender annuals and a favorite when it comes to miniature holiday pumpkins. Jack Be Littles produce 3-4\" wide and 2\" tall bright-orange pumpkins for a long summer season. JBL pumpkins are more hardy and can succeed in fluctuating climates better than other varieties. These palm-sized pumpkins can be harvested by Halloween and make perfect fall decor to grow in a container and set on your porch! As an heirloom, Jack Be Little plants are disease-resistant and develop as a bush variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Jack Be Little Pumpkin Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Heirloom Jack Be Little\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e JBL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright bush\/long-vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loamy, rich and well-drained with pH 5.5-7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles and squash vine borers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright-orange fruit with polished texture and long solid vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet with slight acidic taste and savory when cooked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese miniature pumpkins should be started indoors in early spring or 2-3 weeks before your region's final frost. In southern climates, sow Jack Be Little Pumpkin seeds outdoors in spring or fall, In northern climates, sow Jack Be Little Pumpkin seeds outdoors in May, as long as the threat of frost has passed. JBL varieties prefer a temperature range of 65-85°. Sow Jack Be Little Pumpkin seeds in either trays or in a large container 18\" deep. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\" deep in an even mixture of potting soil, peat moss and vermiculite. Germination will take 1-2 weeks. Keep soil moist and warm as Jack Be Little Pumpkin seedlings sprout 1-2 sets of true leaves. Then allow 1-2 of the strongest heirloom pumpkins to grow in their own container, as you cut back the less successful plants. Transplant developing pumpkin plants to a larger container if needed. Water JBL plants 1\" per week and place in full sun for 6-8 hours. Use a trellis to help support the strong vines and growth of this bush variety, as these hardy plants can reach 5-10\"! For outdoor planting, sow Jack Be Little seeds in groups 1-2\" deep, 3\" apart and up to 6\" spaced in between rows. Jack Be Little Pumpkins prefer a nitrogen-heavy fertilizer at the time of planting and loamy, rich, well-drained soil with a pH level of 5.5-6.5. As these heirloom pumpkins self-pollinate, JBL female flowers will bloom around 2 weeks after the male flowers produce. Switch to a phosphorus-based fertilizer. Once Jack Be Littles develop their bright-orange polished texture and grow to their miniature size, it's recommended to use a potassium fertilizer in order to help these pumpkin plants produce for a long summer season and Halloween harvest. Miniature heirloom pumpkins develop a sweet and slight acidic flavor that becomes savory when cooked. Jack Be Little Pumpkins make perfect candied dishes or a tasty pumpkin curry. Whether you're a city-dwelling gardener with limited space or a beginner who wants to add holiday flair to their fall decor, Jack Be Little Pumpkin seeds are easily grown in containers, disease-resistant and succeed in fluctuating climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Jack Be Little miniature pumpkins 90-95 days from the sowing date or once the skin is tough and their stems have dried. Be sure to allow heirloom pumpkins to fully develop their bright-orange color and be careful handling their long vines. Use gardening shears or a knife to cut the Jack Be Littles from their vine, leaving a 2-3\" of the stem intact. it's recommended to not hold pumpkins from their stem, as this part of the plant is essential to setting on your porch as decor. You can savor the sweet flavor of JBL pumpkins in a holiday dish like pumpkin pie or even store them for up to a year after being cured! These palm-sized pumpkins are members of the cucurbitaceae family and are technically considered a gourd.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucurbita pepo are squash-like are an ancient crop found in Northeast Mexico and later cultivated by the Natives in the United States. Miniature heirlooms such as Jack Be Little Pumpkins, are technically gourds. These smaller-sized pumpkin varieties were first developed in 1989 and are more hardy than others!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJack Be Little Pumpkin Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 32 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 455 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 1,820 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 7,280 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 36,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 182,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Packet","offer_id":39105789832,"sku":"18654","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39105789640,"sku":"33570","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39105789704,"sku":"33569","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39105789768,"sku":"33568","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977518858355,"sku":"49464","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977519251571,"sku":"49465","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-jack-be-little-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440512"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-red-cherry-sweet-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Red Cherry Sweet","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Red Cherry Sweet Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, drought tolerant, sweet pepper with mild heat levels. 0 to 100 Scoville Heat Units.  Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. These pepper bushes produce rounded oblate fruits that are 1-1.5 inches in diameter. Cherry peppers start green and turn red as they mature. The red cherry sweet pepper variety continually produces sweet fruit. This is a great variety to grow at home when space is an issue.  ~5,900 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 to 100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Cherry Sweet Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Cherry Sweet Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Container, Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salads, fresh, slicing, pickling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought Tolerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Red Cherry Sweet Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo start the germination process, you'll need a seed-starting tray or small pots, and a seed-starting mix, which is a light, nutrient-rich soil designed for sprouting seeds. Fill your trays or pots with the mix, plant the seeds about a quarter-inch deep, and gently water them. Keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged. Peppers love warmth, so place the tray in a warm spot or use a heat mat to maintain a soil temperature around 70°F (21°C). With the right conditions, your seeds should sprout in 1-3 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce your pepper seeds have sprouted, they'll need plenty of light to grow strong. If you’re growing them indoors, position your seedlings by a sunny window or use a grow light, ensuring they receive at least 8-10 hours of light each day. Keep the soil moist and maintain a comfortable room temperature. As your seedlings grow, you will notice the first set of leaves (cotyledons) giving way to true leaves. This is a sign your plants are developing properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore moving your plants outdoors, they need to be acclimated to their new environment, a process known as \"hardening off.\" This involves gradually exposing the seedlings to outdoor conditions over a week. Start by placing them outside in a shaded, sheltered area for a few hours each day, slowly increasing their time outdoors. This helps prevent transplant shock, which can occur if plants are moved directly from a controlled indoor environment to the outdoor elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce your seedlings are hardened off and the danger of frost has passed, it’s time to transplant them into the garden. Choose a sunny spot with well-draining soil. Space the plants about 18-24 inches apart to give them room to grow. Dig a hole for each plant, gently remove it from its pot, and place it in the hole, covering the roots with soil. Water them well after planting to help settle the soil around the roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter transplanting, continue watering your pepper plants regularly, keeping the soil moist but not soggy. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. As your peppers grow, they may need support to stay upright, especially as they begin to bear fruit. Stake the plants or use cages to provide support. You may also want to apply a balanced, slow-release fertilizer to encourage healthy growth and fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Cherry Sweet Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers will be ready to harvest around 85 days after transplantation. They are best harvested when red but can finish ripening indoors if necessary.  Use shears or a knife to remove the peppers from the plant carefully. Store them in the refrigerator for up to two weeks to avoid over-ripening before eating or processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Cherry Sweet Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Cherry Sweet peppers are a high-yielding, heirloom variety dating back to 1860. They are perfect for growing in smaller spaces. The rounded fruits resemble the shape of a cherry and are 1-1.5 inches wide. They come on green and turn red as they finish maturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplant red cherry sweet pepper after the threat of frost is over. Growing about 3 feet tall and wide, cherry peppers are relatively low maintenance. They will begin to flower, and their flowers will eventually produce peppers the size of cherries. Considered everbearing by most gardeners, there is no shortage of pepper production while this plant is in season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Cherry Sweet Peppers are delicious fresh or pickled. Fresh cherry peppers are delicious when sliced onto pizzas, in salads, or as a crisp snack. Pickled cherry peppers are excellent on sandwiches, hoagies, or a part of the charcuterie board. Try stuffing red cherry sweet peppers with cheese and placing them on a smoker. This variety of peppers can also be frozen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed cherry sweet peppers are loaded with vitamin C, and this is a great nutrient that helps boost the immune system. It also has a small amount of capsaicin, a nutrient with anti-inflammatory properties for the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Peppers can be planted near chives, marigolds, garlic, and squash as companion plants. Biodiversity is critical for pest prevention.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Cherry Sweet Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg - Packet - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e 0.25 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 5,900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 23,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 94,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 472,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Cherry Sweet Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":31959650140275,"sku":"48816","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":39108278856,"sku":"33806","price":5.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39108278920,"sku":"33807","price":8.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108279112,"sku":"33805","price":18.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39365649268851,"sku":"51086","price":51.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39365651398771,"sku":"51087","price":191.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-red-cherry-sweet-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440529"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-santa-fe-grande-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Santa Fe Grande","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Santa Fe Grande Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high yielding, deer resistant, heat tolerant, drought tolerant, hot-type pepper with mild heat levels. 500 to 700 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Santa Fe Grande is a small plant that is a high yielder making it the perfect choice for container gardens while producing a color show as the peppers mature from yellow to shades of orange and red. ~4,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Santa Fe Grande Hot Pepper Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e  4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-89 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12 to 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 to 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 to 700\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Santa Fe Grande Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, Orange, Yellow, Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHeirloom Santa Fe Grande Hot Pepper Seed Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrowing to approximately 24\" tall, the Santa Fe Grande hot pepper plant is an excellent choice for container gardens, raised beds, and small gardens. Santa Fe Grande pepper plants produce heavy yields of yellow to bright orange to red 3-1\/2\" x 1-1\/2\" tapered peppers. When well-maintained, these prolific producers can yield between 20 and 50 chili peppers per plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart the Santa Fe Grande pepper seeds indoors 8 to 10 weeks before the last frost date for your USDA hardiness zone. Because fruit set can be affected by nighttime temperatures that drop below 60 degrees F, you may want to wait to transplant the pepper seedlings until at least 2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot peppers love warm weather and plenty of sunshine (at least 8 hours of direct sunlight during the day), and they will produce best when the soil is kept evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Santa Fe Grande Peppers:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilder than a jalapeno, yet still providing a spicy kick, Santa Fe Grande peppers can be eaten fresh, pickled, grilled, fried, sauteed, and even stuffed and baked thanks to their large size. Great for mild to medium salsas and hot sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSanta Fe Grande Hot Pepper Health Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot chili peppers, like the Santa Fe Grande pepper variety, provide a significant amount of vitamin C as well as other vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot peppers also have a mild anti-inflammatory effect on the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash your hands well with soap and water after cutting or eating hot peppers. The capsaicin in hot peppers can burn sensitive skin and areas of the body such as your eyes and face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mg - Approximately 35 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 4,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 64,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 320,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"250 Mg Packet","offer_id":31955308904563,"sku":"48808","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39108285320,"sku":"33813","price":8.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108285512,"sku":"33812","price":18.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108285768,"sku":"33811","price":51.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39364714594419,"sku":"51050","price":191.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-santa-fe-grande-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440529"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-thai-hot-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Thai Hot","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Thai Hot Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, deer resistant, high-yielding, hot pepper with hot heat levels. 50,000 to 100,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Sometimes known as \"Bird's Eye Chili\" throughout the pepper world, Thai hot peppers are one of the most diverse, easily recognizable varieties. Nearly 80 different types of Thai pepper, the hot Thai is about 10x hotter than a jalapeno, yet far milder than the infamous habanero or Carolina reaper. Turns orange, purple, and red when ready to harvest. ~11,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-89 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50,000 to 100,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - 30,000 to 100,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example Cayenne \u0026amp; Tabasco. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThai Hot Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green (turns bright orange, purple, and red when ready to harvest)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThai Hot Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fruity and earthy with a pronounced spiciness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thai curry, stir fry, sauce, mainades, pickling, hot sauce, chili flakes, powders, infused oils, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Thai Hot Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing Thai Hot pepper seeds indoors 6-8 weeks before your region's last expected frost date. Plant the seeds 0.25 inch deep in a well-draining seed-starting mix. Maintain a consistent soil temperature between 80-85 F to encourage germination. Once true leaves appear, fertilize with a low-strength liquid feed. Approximately two weeks before transplanting outdoors, start the hardening-off process. Gradually expose seedlings to outdoor conditions by placing them outside for increasing periods each day, starting with one hour and adding an hour daily. This acclimates the plants to external conditions, reducing transplant shock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce nighttime temperatures consistently stay above 55 F and daytime temperatures are at least 70 F, transplant the seedlings outdoors. Choose a location with full sun and well-draining soil, ideally sandy loam with a pH between 6.0 and 6.8. Space the plants 12-18 inches apart in rows 2-3 feet apart to ensure adequate air circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThai Hot peppers prefer consistent moisture. Water the plants deeply every 2–3 days, allowing the soil to dry slightly between waterings. Overwatering can lead to root rot, so ensure the soil drains well. Apply a balanced fertilizer (5-10-10 NPK) about a month after transplanting. Reapply when the plants begin to set fruit, and consider using a fertilizer containing calcium to prevent blossom end rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Thai Hot Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers can be harvested at any stage, but have their fullest and spiciest flavor when bright red. Use scissors or pruning shears to cut the peppers from the plant, leaving a small portion of the stem attached. This method reduces damage to the plant and encourages continued fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Thai Hot Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Widely used in Thai cuisine, they add heat to curries, stir-fries, sauces, and pickled dishes. They can be used fresh or dried, and are also popular in making chili pastes and infused oils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThai Hot peppers, also known as Bird's Eye chilies, originated in Central and South America and were introduced to Southeast Asia by Portuguese traders in the 16th century. They have since become integral to Thai cuisine and culture, valued for their heat and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot only are they super hot, but they can be used for ornamental purposes as well. Grow these peppers in the garden, in pots, or even in window boxes. These do so well in southern gardens because of the hot and humid conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as Thai Dragon Pepper, Thai Hot pepper plants are perfect for containers. Be sure to use containers that are at least 2-3 gallons in size and at least 12 inches wide with good drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're growing Thai Peppers, you must like your food hot! Here's a hot sauce recipe to use with your hot peppers. Roast 4 cups of Thai Chiles and a clove of garlic in the oven. Add roasted peppers, garlic, a cup of water, a cup of vinegar, and a tablespoon of sugar to a blender. Blend until smooth. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Thai food is one of my favorite cuisines. It is even more interesting to me to learn that one of their most pivotal ingredients (the Thai pepper) is originally from the Americas! How cool!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThai Hot Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg Packet - Approximately 190 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 2,750 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 11,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 44,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 176,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Thai Hot Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 mg Packet","offer_id":40536843976819,"sku":"59719","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":39108335944,"sku":"33986","price":7.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39108336008,"sku":"33987","price":15.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39364942233715,"sku":"51059","price":39.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39364943118451,"sku":"51060","price":119.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-thai-hot-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440540"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-wee-b-little-seeds","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Wee-B-Little","description":"\u003cp\u003eWee B Little Pumpkin is the perfect miniature pie pumpkin. This orange pumpkin was a AAS Winner for 1999. Wee B Little grows an orange pumpkin that is small enough for decorating, but big enough that you can still use it in the kitchen. This is a bush variety, and unlike vine varieties it doesn't take up a ton of space in the garden. \u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e \n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Wee-B-Little Pumpkin Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wee B Little\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9 \u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-95°\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles, squash bugs, mold\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWee-B-Little Pumpkin Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nWee-B-Little Pumpkins are easy to grow from seed. This bush variety is good for more compact gardens but still needs room for good circulation to prevent mold. Pumpkins will be 8-12 ounces. Wee B Little Pumpkins are about the size of a softball. Very easy to grow from seed. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Wee-B-Little Pumpkin:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nWee-B-Little is one versatile pumpkin. The pumpkin variety is perfectly miniature. It is not too big or too small. it's small enough to put into a fall display, paint and big enough that it is a worthwhile candidate for roasting and baking. This is a great bush variety that can be used in many ways this fall. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWee-B-Little Pumpkin Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nPumpkins have tremendous health benefits. The vitamin A in pumpkins helps to prevent eye disease. A great food for diabetics, pumpkin's fiber helps to regulate blood sugar. The vitamin C in pumpkin can help prevent illness like the common cold, and antioxidants can really help battle chronic illness. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eAAS Winner for 1999\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 45 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 319 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 1,276 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 5,104 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 25,520 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 127,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31961288867955,"sku":"48843","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39108348232,"sku":"34088","price":8.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39108348296,"sku":"34087","price":16.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39108348424,"sku":"34086","price":44.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977522561139,"sku":"49476","price":160.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977522757747,"sku":"49477","price":635.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-wee-b-little-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441189"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-jalapeno-organic-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Jalapeno (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOrganic, heirloom, Non-GMO Jalapeno pepper seeds are a great hot pepper to start due to their ease and versatility. The heat is between 2,000 and 8,000 Scoville Units. Hot peppers will vary based on light and soil conditions with their heat levels. So it's a great pepper to see how much spice you can handle. Jalapeno plants produce 3\" hot peppers, and are very productive. These peppers do not need caging like many other hot pepper varieties due to their very erect and study nature. There are many uses for jalapeno peppers in the home kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Hot Jalapeno Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name: \u003c\/strong\u003e Capsicum annuum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names: \u003c\/strong\u003e Jalapeno\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Erect, but sturdy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference: \u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases: \u003c\/strong\u003e Bacterial spot, cutworms, tarnished plant bugs, aphids, and flea beetles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHot Jalapeno Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJalapenos produce sturdy and upright stalks. These stalks will produce flowers, and in about 70 days the pepper is ready to harvest. Requires full sun to produce peppers and also to increase heat. Three inch peppers will have a dark green skin that may turn red over time. Dark skins have a pungent skin that makes them good for cooking and consuming raw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Hot Jalapeno:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf there's a spicy dish that you would like to prepare, Jalapenos can be incorporated into the dish. Fresh garden salsa is perfect, and the ingredients are all summer harvested in the garden. Perfect vegetable for pickling, Jalapenos can be enjoyed year round. Jalapenos flavor dishes like cornbread, cheeses, and tacos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHot Jalapeno Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJalapenos have great health benefits. Spicy jalapenos can clear sinuses and relieve congestion. They also have properties that heal inflammation and lower blood pressure. In the garden they are excellent companion plants. Jalapenos thrive alongside tomatoes, parsley, carrots, and basil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJalapenos were the first hot peppers to travel into space on a NASA space shuttle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"250 mg Packet","offer_id":39409252565107,"sku":"45827","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":39193045064,"sku":"12027","price":8.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":39409266425971,"sku":"45826","price":20.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39409267572851,"sku":"45828","price":52.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Pepper-Seeds-Hot-Jalapeno-Organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440639"},{"product_id":"radish-german-giant-seeds","title":"Radish Seeds - German Giant","description":"\u003cp\u003eA customer favorite, Non- GMO German Giant Radish is reliable and large. Ready in 30 day, this variety is known for its size and can become as large as a baseball. Even though German Giant Radishes get large they do not get too fibrous like other radishes. Taste remain sweet and mild at large size as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing German Giant Radish Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raphanus sativus 'German Giant Parat'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e German Giant Radish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun, partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut worms, aphids, mold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scarlet red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp, pungent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGerman Giant Radish Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePut directly into the ground in early spring. Keep plants about 4\" apart. You may have to thin seedlings. Keep watered, but do not overwater due to rot. You should be able to harvest gERMAN Giant Radishes in 30 days. Radishes will have greenery, and you will see the scarlet red bulb poking out of the soil. Remove tops when storing. Plant every couple of weeks to have a steady supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for German Giant Radish:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGerman Giant Radishes have a sweet and mild taste. In many European cultures, radishes are used on buttered toast on fresh bread. This is one of the best ways to enjoy this variety due to its mild sweet taste. This is a great radish for salads, dips, and veggie trays. It is also delicious roasted as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGerman Giant Radish Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRadishes are great for digestion due to fiber, and help the immune system due to vitamin C. Radishes also have many benefits in the garden. They provide mutual benefits for lettuce, spinach, cucumbers, squash, parsnips, peas, and cauliflower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGerman Giant radish is an heirloom variety from Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31961567756403,"sku":"48851","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39365851906163,"sku":"51105","price":5.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39201662472,"sku":"11849","price":6.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39201662536,"sku":"11851","price":13.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39201662600,"sku":"11852","price":38.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39365852135539,"sku":"51106","price":141.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/radish-german-giant-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441219"},{"product_id":"pea-progress-organic","title":"Pea Seeds - Shelling - Progress No. 9 (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePisum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e Organic Progress No. 9 seeds. Non-GMO, annual, organic, open-pollinated, heirloom. Perfectly suitable for growing in fields, containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Bred to be resistant to Fusarium wilt and root rot. A highly compact, high-yielding heirloom producing plump 5-inch pods with 7-9 sweet peas each. Perfect for fresh eating, freezing, or cooking. 125 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePisum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, well-draining loam with pH 6.0-7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 55-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Fusarium wilt and root rot. May be susceptible to aphids and powdery mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Progress No. 9 Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Progress No. 9 Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Container, Raised Bed, Garden Plot, Field, Greenhouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool weather, moderate drought tolerance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Progress No. 9 Pea in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirectly sow the seeds 1 inch deep and 2 inches apart once the soil reaches 40 F in early spring. Space rows evenly 18 inches apart. This pea prefers cool temperatures and consistent moisture. Compact habit. It rarely needs trellising. Netting can be added for extra support and is sometimes preferred, depending on garden configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain even watering. Mulch to retain moisture. Rotate crops yearly and plant alongside carrots, spinach, or radishes to make the most of your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Progress No. 9 Pea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick these delicious pods when they are plump, bright green, and filled with round peas. Harvesting is best about 3 weeks after flowering. Make sure to harvest regularly in order to keep plants producing. Twist the pods gently from the vine or cut with scissors to avoid damage. The pods are much easier to harvest when totally ripened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Progress No. 9 Pea Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProgress No. 9 was introduced in the early 20th century as an improvement on Laxton’s Progress pea.  The No. 9 is resistant to Fusarium wilt and produces a larger pod than its predecessor, making it a more desirable and productive variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Progress No. 9 was bred for larger pods, sweet flavor, and compact growth habit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pea is adaptable to different climates, making it a reliable choice for home gardens and small farms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Progress No. 9 has been my go-to pea for years. We use it for all sorts of recipes. It’s early, sweet, and the kids eat it right off the vine. It never lasts long enough to make it to the freezer! These peas shine when lightly blanched or served raw and work beautifully in fresh, spring-inspired salads such as Spring Pea and Burrata. Mix with Pear, Radish, and Feta for a crisp, tangy, and refreshing summer lunch. Juice the No. 9 and add it to your favorite verdant cocktail. I love the slight sweetness the juice adds to a Bloody Mary. It goes well in a Garden Gimlet, Green Witch, Negroni, Celery Southside, or an Arugula Smash! There really is no wrong way to enjoy these sweet and delicious peas. Cheers and happy sewing!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Sam_Smith_-_Writer.jpg?v=1754591345\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Sam, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOrganic Progress No. 9 Pea Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 g Packet - Approximately 110 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz Wholesale - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb Bulk Seeds - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb Bulk Seeds - Approximately 10,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb Bulk Seeds - Approximately 50,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Progress No. 9 Pea seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"25 g Packet","offer_id":31947506090099,"sku":"48790","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39414097313907,"sku":"45525","price":5.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39414097477747,"sku":"45523","price":10.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39414097674355,"sku":"45526","price":28.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39414097739891,"sku":"45524","price":98.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pea-progress-organic-Comp.jpg?v=1759441221"},{"product_id":"kale-premier-seeds","title":"Kale Seeds - Premier","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. Premier Kale is a high yielding variety high in nutrients. This crop is leafy and green in color. Premier Kale is versatile and can be used for kale chips, soups, salads and stir fries. Kale does well in all grow zones, with full or partial sunlight. Approx. 8,500 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Premier Kale Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Brassica oleracea capitata\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e All\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, rich in nutrients. PH level between 6.5 and 6.8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full or partial sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests\/problems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Over watering can cause damage to the plant. Susceptible to cabbageworms, slugs, grasshoppers and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Premier Kale seeds can be grown in all grow zones, with full or partial sun. Directly sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep in moist, rich soil, with a pH level between 6.5 and 6.8. Space the seeds eighteen to twenty four inches apart, with two feet between rows. While growing, the soil must be kept moist, but care must be taken to not over water the plants. The outer leaves can be harvested sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremier Kale (Brassica oleracea capitata) has smooth leaves compared to other varieties of kale. It waits 3-4 weeks longer than other kales to bolt. It will over-winter in most zones but can be planted in in the spring or the fall. Frost actually improves the flavor as kale prefers a cooler environment. Water well during hotter months, but do not over water. A higher yield than most other types of kale. Kale is versatile, and can be made into crunchy kale chips, added to soups and stews, steamed, blanched, added to stir fries and is a delicious addition to salads. Believe it or not, the bitter flavor is lessened when the leaves are gently massaged just before eating or adding to recipes. Kale can be repeatedly harvested for a few weeks if lower leaves are clipped, the upper leaves continue growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31913606250611,"sku":"48599","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39353005736051,"sku":"50952","price":5.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39476626120,"sku":"16214","price":6.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39476626184,"sku":"16215","price":13.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39476626248,"sku":"16216","price":38.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39476626312,"sku":"16217","price":141.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kale-Seeds-Premier-comp.jpg?v=1762440698"},{"product_id":"lettuce-romaine-freckles-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Romaine - Freckles","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-70 days. These non-GMO Freckles lettuce seeds grow into green leaves of lettuce with red spots that are ready to harvest in 50 to 70 days. The Freckles thrives in full sun or partial shade, and can be grown in zones 3-12. The leaves of the Freckles have a mildly sweet flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lettuce-romaine-freckles-microgreens-seeds?variant=47736077384\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Freckles Romaine Lettuce Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e lactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow Indoors or Outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoors or outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained, 40 to 60 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests\/problems:\u003c\/strong\u003eLettuce that is crowded while growing will have a bitter taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with red flecks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by sowing the non-GMO seeds 1\/2 inch in soil with a pH level between six and seven, and thin the seedlings to ten inches. Make sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest between fifty and seventy days after planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31917523927155,"sku":"48614","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39476731656,"sku":"18085","price":6.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39476731720,"sku":"18086","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39476731784,"sku":"18087","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":18284188270707,"sku":"42187","price":99.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/lettuce-romaine-freckles-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440712"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-mini-bell-yellow-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Mini Bell Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Mini Bell Yellow Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, sweet-type pepper with no heat levels. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, containers, and greenhouses. Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Mini Yellow Bell Peppers are the perfect small bell pepper with sweet and firm flesh. The pepper plant produces a lot of peppers. Peppers start off green, and then turn yellow. The fruit has 3 lobes and are 2x1 inches. Put these yellow bell peppers on a veggie trail this summer for your next barbecue. ~6,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Very Early - Ready for harvest around 45 to 60 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini Bell Yellow Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini Bell Yellow Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and mildly tangy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for snacking and grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Mini Bell Yellow Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMini Bell Yellow Peppers require a lengthy growing season and should ideally be started indoors about 6-8 weeks prior to the last expected frost in your region. Sow the seeds approximately a quarter inch deep in a well-aerated starting mix like coconut coir and perlite. Pepper plants thrive in warm, humid conditions—emulating a near tropical environment with temperatures ideally between 70-90 F. To create the optimal climate indoors, utilize a heating mat and grow lights. During the germination phase, maintain a consistent temperature of at least 75 F. It's crucial to expose the seedlings to at least 8 hours of direct sunlight daily immediately following germination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the seedlings develop their first true leaves, it is beneficial to initiate a light fertilizing regime. Pepper seedlings generally have a slow growth rate but require steady conditions of moisture, warmth, and light to flourish. Should flowers appear prematurely while indoors, pinch them off to redirect the plant's energy toward developing stronger roots and foliage during this early stage. This variety is prolific in its yield. Be vigilant about pests like aphids and cutworms. Initially, the peppers will appear as small, flattened, green fruits, and they are ready for harvest once they mature to a vibrant yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Yellow Mini Bell Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest the peppers when they turn a shiny, firm yellow. Although they can continue to ripen off the plant, the flavors are most intense when allowed to fully mature on the plant. Harvest using scissors or a knife, cutting the fruit with about an inch of the stem attached to prevent damage to the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal storage, wash and thoroughly dry the peppers to avoid mold. Store them in a sealed plastic bag or container in the refrigerator's vegetable crisper, inspecting them periodically for any spoilage. For extended storage, peppers can be frozen: slice them, optionally blanch, then arrange on a baking sheet to freeze before transferring to a freezer-safe container, where they can be kept for up to six months. Alternatively, dry the peppers using a dehydrator or an oven and store the dried pieces in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for several months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mini Bell Yellow Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers are nutritionally rich, containing abundant vitamins A and C, which are vital for maintaining a robust immune system. They offer a crunchy, low-calorie option for satisfying a variety of cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Bell Yellow Pepper is a delightful variety perfect for both snacking and enhancing dishes such as those on charcuterie boards. Their crunchy, sweet flavor makes them a fantastic choice for multiple culinary uses, similar to larger bell peppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers from this plant are notably prolific producers; each pepper delivers a significant burst of flavor. Each pepper has 3 lobes and measures at 2 inches by 1 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a delightful snack, try dipping them in hummus or ranch dressing. Their crispness pairs wonderfully with these rich, creamy textures, making them an excellent choice for a fresh, tasty treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Bell Yellows are popularly grown alongside the Mini Bell Red Peppers. Both are compact, heavy producers and yield delicious fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Bell peppers are definitely one of the vegetables we almost always have in stock at our house. The Mini ones are perfect for snacky lunches and road trips!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMini Bell Yellow Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Wholesale - Approximately 218 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Wholesale - Approximately 1,093 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,550 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 24,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mini Bell Yellow Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":32145746296947,"sku":"49796","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 g","offer_id":32145746067571,"sku":"18110","price":2.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":42292769063027,"sku":"76881","price":4.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":42292769816691,"sku":"76882","price":5.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":42292770799731,"sku":"76883","price":27.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-mini-bell-yellow-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1759441237"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-mini-bell-red-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Mini Bell Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Mini Bell Red Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, sweet with no heat level. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to tobacco mosaic virus. Mini Red Bell Pepper is only about 1.5 inches wide and tall. This 24 inch pepper plant is prolific. A great companion to the Mini Yellow Bell Pepper, the skin goes from green to red. Skin is smooth and firm. Mini Red Bell Peppers are perfect for snacking with their thick and juicy flesh. This one is truly a sweet treat. ~45,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-69 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Very Early - Ready for harvest around 45 to 60 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini Bell Red Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini Bell Red Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and mildly tangy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n \u003ch3\u003eGrowing Mini Bell Red Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMini Red Bell Peppers need a long growing season and should be started indoors 6-8 weeks before the threat of frost passes in your area. Plant the seeds a quarter inch deep in a fine, starting mix such as coconut coir. Pepper plants do best in near tropical conditions, such as warmth and moisture. Use a heating mat and grow lights to achieve the best climate indoors. The seedlings should be kept at a minimum of 75 F during germination; even adult plants prefer 70-90 F weather. Employing grow lights is another important step that ensures success when starting seeds indoors. Once the seeds sprout, they immediately need a minimum of 8 hours a day of direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the seeds sprout and put on their first set of true leaves, they can be lightly fertilized for the first time. Pepper seedlings tend to grow rather slowly but need consistent moisture, light, and warmth to reach their potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the seedlings start to put on flowers while still indoors, pinch them off to allow the plant to focus on root and foliage development. This pepper plant produces heavily. Watch for aphids and cutworms throughout the season. You will see small flattened peppers form that are green, and they are ready to harvest when they turn red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mini Bell Red Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you see the peppers turn red, they are ready to harvest. They should be shiny and firm. They can ripen slightly indoors if necessary but carry the best flavor if left to ripen on the plant and then harvested promptly. Use a knife or scissors and remove the fruit from the plant with about 1 inch of stem still attached. Avoid pulling the fruits off the plant, as this can easily cause damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo store freshly harvested bell peppers for optimal longevity, first clean and dry them thoroughly to prevent mold. Place them in a plastic bag or airtight container and store them in the vegetable crisper drawer of your refrigerator, checking regularly for any signs of spoilage. For longer storage, you can freeze the peppers by slicing and optionally blanching them before spreading them on a baking sheet to freeze and then transferring them to a freezer-safe container. They can last up to 6 months this way. Alternatively, you can dry the peppers using a food dehydrator or oven, then store the dried slices in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for several months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mini Bell Red Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMini Red Bell is popularly paired with our Mini Yellow Bell varieties. They are perfect for snacking and adding to charcuterie boards. Use them how you would use any bell pepper as well! The crunchy, sweet flavor of these Mini Red Bells will have you coming back for more again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBell peppers have many nutritional benefits. They are full of vitamins A and C. These vitamins are essential to a healthy and functional immune system. Peppers are a great low-calorie snack. They are crispy and sweet and are bound to satisfy many different cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough these peppers are small, each plant is a prolific producer, and each pepper packs quite the sweet punch full of flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBell peppers have many nutritional benefits. They are full of vitamins A and C. These vitamins are essential to a healthy and functional immune system. Peppers are a great low-calorie snack. They are crispy and sweet and are bound to satisfy many different cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry dipping these in hummus or ranch for a fresh and savory satisfying snack anytime! Their fresh, crisp nature makes them delicious with rich accompaniments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Mini Red Bell Peppers dipped in hummus is one of my favorite summertime snacks! The fresh crispness of the peppers paired with the savory richness of the hummus is the ideal pairing for a satisfying snack.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMini Bell Red Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Wholesale - Approximately 158 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mini Bell Red Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":43063597006963,"sku":"49795","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":42828720636019,"sku":"76907","price":7.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":42828720668787,"sku":"76908","price":16.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":42828720701555,"sku":"76909","price":47.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-mini-bell-red-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440717"},{"product_id":"bush-bean-masai-seed","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Masai","description":"\u003cp\u003e47-60 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Masai Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high yielding, heat tolerant, bush, snap, green bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. The Masai Bush Bean is an excellent option for gardeners looking for a compact, high-yielding, and heat-tolerant bean with excellent flavor. It’s well-suited to small spaces and quick to mature, making it a fantastic choice for both new and experienced gardeners. The pods are slender, dark green, and about 4-5 inches long. The beans inside are small, which contributes to their tender texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMasai Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMasai Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delicate, sweet flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Masai Bush Beans are typically used as snap beans for fresh eating, steaming, or lightly sautéing. They hold up well to various preparations but are excellent for salads, stir-fries, or a fresh side dish. They retain their flavor and texture when blanched and frozen, making them a good option for preserving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Masai Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo start growing Masai Bush Beans, direct sowing is the preferred method since these beans don’t transplant well due to their delicate roots. It’s best to plant them directly into the garden after the last frost, when soil temperatures reach 60-70 F. Sow the seeds about 1 inch deep in well-drained, fertile soil, as beans don’t thrive in soggy conditions. Space the seeds 2-4 inches apart, with rows spaced 12-18 inches to allow good airflow and room for growth. Proper spacing helps reduce the risk of diseases and ensures the plants grow healthy and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasai Bush Beans are relatively low-maintenance once planted, but some care ensures a productive harvest. Water them deeply once or twice a week, keeping the soil moist but not waterlogged, and avoid wetting the leaves to prevent mildew. Beans don’t need much fertilizer, as they fix their own nitrogen, but starting with nutrient-rich soil or mixing in compost can boost growth. Regular weeding and mulching help control weeds and retain soil moisture. Additionally, Masai beans benefit from companion planting with crops like corn, cucumbers, carrots, and marigolds, but avoid planting them near onions or garlic, which can hinder their growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Masai Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans are a snap variety, meaning they’re harvested for their tender pods, which are ready in about 47 days. Pods should be picked when 4-5 inches long, crisp, and before the seeds inside start to bulge. Regular harvesting encourages continuous production. Masai Bush Beans are compact, high-yielding, and heat-tolerant, making them an excellent choice for gardeners with limited space or warmer climates. Their tender, sweet flavor is ideal for fresh eating, in salads, or sautéed, and they offer the added benefits of being a nutrient-rich, low-calorie food source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Masai Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis very popular baby French filet bean is one of the most popular in Europe. The pods have a very tender texture and are about four inches long when mature. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Very good, flavorful beans are borne on bushes with small leaves, making them easy to pick. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasai Bush Beans are highly regarded in European gardening circles and are often a favorite in areas where space is at a premium, such as urban or small-scale home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e They are an excellent source of fiber, which helps with digestion, and they’re low in calories, making them a great choice for a healthy diet. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"An abundant green bean harvest can be preserved through canning or blanching then freezing. I personally prefer the blanch-then-freeze method as I feel it best preserves the texture and flavor. However, canning them will make them shelf-stable for months without needing a freezer. Choose what works best for you!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Masai Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"40 Seeds","offer_id":32137501376627,"sku":"49746","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39483195400,"sku":"18119","price":12.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10,000 Seeds","offer_id":39483195464,"sku":"18120","price":83.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bush-bean-masai-seed-comp.jpg?v=1759441237"},{"product_id":"watermelon-crimson-sweet-organic-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Crimson Sweet (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Crimson Sweet Organic Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, organic, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat tolerant, seeded, picnic watermelon. Resistant to Anthracnose (1,3), Fusarium Wilt (Race 1,2). Organic Crimson Sweet watermelon seeds deliver one of the most iconic and delicious fruits of the summer garden. Ready to harvest in about three months and averaging 25 lbs, Organic Crimson Sweet seeds produce a classic green flesh with sweet and crunchy red meat. Watermelon is one of the easiest crops to maintain, just keep watered in full sun up until harvest ~590 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, organic, composted, well drained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Anthracnose (1,3), Fusarium Wilt (Race 1,2).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrimson Sweet Organic Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrimson Sweet Watermelon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Juicy, sweet with hints of cucumber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to wilt, mildew, and rot from oversaturation. Monitor regularly for cucumber beetles, aphids, and squash bugs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Organic Crimson Sweet Watermelon from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon seeds are a full sun favorite best if sown directly after the final spring frost but, for earliest starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks prior. Plant 2-3 Crison sweet seeds 1\" deep per individual cell or 6-8 ft apart directly in the garden in loamy, regularly moist, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon performs best when grown on 8-10\" tall mounds of soil to ideally accommodate long, heavy trailing vines. Plants are heavy feeders, benefiting from a nitrogen-rich fertilizer every 2-3 weeks until fruiting, then reduce nitrogen in the fertilizer. Watermelon fruits are about 90 percent water and plants require heavy routine summertime watering to produce 20-30 lb melons. Smaller dwarfed types may be trellised for tighter grow spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Crimson Sweet Watermelon seeds grow into vine-spreading tender annuals that crave the heat. Crimson Watermelon is a refreshing treat that's easy for any gardener to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Crimson Sweet Watermelon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon seeds are the unofficial herald of summer and, without doubt, the largest and juiciest fruit you could possibly hope for in the garden. Most popularly known as a red-flesh fruit, watermelon is also available in both yellow and orange along with a surprising selection of shape and size. Most varieties boast 20-30 lb fruits with regular watering and, like pumpkins and gourds, may be pruned and pinched back to direct growth towards competition size melons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese fresh watermelon seeds are warm annuals that have a shorter growing season and produce vines that can spread 10\" long. Crimson Sweet Watermelons that are Organic make an exceptional seed variety that take on bright ruby-red flesh and an oblong-shaped exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Organic Crimson Sweet Watermelon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost watermelons are ready to harvest about 90 days from sowing or when showing signs of ripeness. The most important tip to picking vine-ripened watermelon is to locate the small tendril attached to the melon on the vine. If this tendril is completely brown and dead, the melon is ripe for harvest but, if the tendril is still even slightly green, the watermelon is not ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom watermelon rinds will soften slightly when ripe and feel less like an impenetrable gourd. Use scissors or shears to carefully remove watermelon from the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it comes to harvesting watermelons of all types, there are some tips and tricks for scoping out ripeness. Visual cues such as checking the color on the bottom will show an off-white color if they're still unripe. Organic Crimson Sweet watermelons will be ripe once you see more of a yellow hue. Textural signs are the classic \"thump\" method as well as the gentle press. For \"thumping\" give a light knock on the rind to hear a hollow sound which indicates full maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest the ripe fruit in 80 days from the sowing date. Cut the stem near the fruit with a knife or gardening shears. Uncut Crimson Sweet Watermelon can be stored in room temperature for up to 3 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Crimson Sweet Watermelon Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. (80-90 Days)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrimson Sweet is true...well...sweet...with a high sugar content around 12%! This mouth watering watermelon produces 20-25 lb fruits with juicy red flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour kids will not be disappointed by the taste, but they might not win any seed spitting contest as Crimson Sweet contains very few seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrimson Sweet watermelon thrives in a wide range of climates. This watermelon is resistant to anthracnose and fusarium wilt. Make lots of room for crimson sweet watermelon as it spreads 6-10' growing the absolute sweetest melons of all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrimson sweet heirloom watermelon was introduced by Charles V. Hall of Kansas State University in 1963. Crimson Sweet came about by crossing together the varieties Miles, Peacock and Charleston Gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOrganic Crimson Sweet Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 42 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 590 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2,360 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 9,440 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 47,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 236,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Crimson Sweet watermelon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":39414959210611,"sku":"45669","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39414959407219,"sku":"45668","price":6.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39414959439987,"sku":"45670","price":11.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39414959571059,"sku":"45667","price":63.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977502408819,"sku":"49433","price":240.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977502539891,"sku":"49434","price":950.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Watermelon-Seeds-Picnic-Crimson-Sweet-Organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440723"},{"product_id":"carrot-yellow-seeds","title":"Carrot Seeds - Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-80 days. The Yellow carrot appears to be a classic carrot in its shape but not in its color. Roots are a beautiful golden shade, and they grow to be up to six inches long with tapered ends. They have a very tender texture with a sweet taste. This garden crop can be grown in zones three to nine and in full sun. It requires sandy and rich soil with no rocks or obstacles so that the roots can grow directly down. The Yellow carrot is ready to harvest between sixty five and eighty days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Yellow Carrot Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e daucus carota subsp. Sativus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, well drained, sandy soil; pH of 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to weevils and carrot rust fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow carrots grow long and slim, and require soil free of lumps with a sandy texture. The soil should also be moist and have a pH level between six and seven. Sow the seeds directly outdoors in an area of full sun. To have a continual harvest all summer, sow a few rows of seeds every two weeks or so. When spacing the rows, keep four inches between the plants and nine to sixteen inches between rows. Water the roots consistently throughout their growth. After around seventy days, the Yellow carrots will reach their full size and be ready to be pulled out of the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese yellow carrots are sweet and tender, excellent when roasted. Read this \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.whfoods.com\/genpage.php?tname=foodspice\u0026amp;dbid=21\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e article\u003c\/a\u003e on the health benefits of Carrots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g Packet - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 7,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31791899050099,"sku":"48474","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39483218248,"sku":"18943","price":7.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39483218312,"sku":"18944","price":13.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39483218376,"sku":"16189","price":35.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39345232445555,"sku":"50811","price":125.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39345236115571,"sku":"50812","price":492.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/carrot-yellow-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440725"},{"product_id":"summer-squash-bennings-green-tint-scallop-seeds","title":"Squash Seeds - Summer - Bennings Green Tint Scallop","description":"\u003cp\u003eGreen Tint Scallop Summer Squash is a pattypan squash that is ready in 50 days. The squash plant produces pale green scalloped fruits that are delicious and about 3-4 inches across. Their texture is very fine, and when cooked, they become tender and almost creamy. Bennings Green Tint Scallop, or scallopini squash, produces heavily and has a long history in the U.S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Bennings Green Tint Scallop Summer Squash Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbirta pepo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scallopini squash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Squash bug, cucumber beetle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pale green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBennings Green Tint Scallop Summer Squash Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant seeds directly into the ground when temperatures are consistently warm. Scallopini pattypan squash will form a bush. This plant is prolific. Be sure to harvest squash when it is 3-4 inches for best taste. Otherwise, your squash will keep growing huge. Squash will have a pale green exterior and interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Bennings Green Tint Scallop Summer Squash:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScallopini squash is a summer squash with tender skin. Just slice it up and use it in dishes just as you would with more traditional varieties. Try grilling it with some chicken or salmon and serving it with a salad. Its creamy texture will remind you of potatoes, but with less guilt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBennings Green Tint Scallop Summer Squash Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBennings Green Tint Scallop Summer Squash has numerous health benefits. Full of fiber, squash is a great option for those trying to watch their waist line. They will make you feel fuller, regulate blood sugar, and cause you to eat less at meals. The vitamins in squash have numerous health benefits, and can really help your immune system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn heirloom variety that has been around since colonial times\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 35 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 4,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31975884521587,"sku":"48880","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39483258184,"sku":"20783","price":5.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39483258248,"sku":"20784","price":8.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39483258312,"sku":"20785","price":17.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977537962099,"sku":"49491","price":54.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977538060403,"sku":"49492","price":203.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/summer-squash-bennings-green-tint-scallop-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1755732817"},{"product_id":"arabis-spring-charm-flower-seeds","title":"Arabis Seeds - Spring Charm","description":"\u003cp\u003e2nd-year maturity. \u003cem\u003eArabis blepharophylla\u003c\/em\u003e. Spring Charm Arabis Seeds. Non-GMO, Open-pollinated, Perennial. Spring Charm seeds easily grow eye-catching and fragrant Arabis flowers, bursting in a vivid blend of fuchsia and lavender. Arabis plants thrive in heat and drought and are tolerant to a wide range of soils. Spring Charm Arabis seeds mature into tidy 4-6 inch tall dwarfed shrubs can be used for sunny indoor planters and baskets to accent any room with authentic summertime aroma. Spring Charm Arabis flowers in your garden promise to attract hummingbirds, butterflies, and even the neighbors all season long. Approximately 60,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eArabis blepharophylla\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3-8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2nd-year maturity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21-28\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Uncovered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-growing, trailing mound with countless blooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Arabis is adaptable to many soil types, but thrives in sandy loam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-75°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plants are susceptible to crown and root rot, rust, and powdery mildew in gardens with poorly drained soils. Arabis has no serious pests, but watch for aphids on indoor varieties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Spring Charm Arabis Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuchsia and purple blooms with hearty greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Direct Sow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Spring Charm Arabis Flower Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring Charm Arabis can be started indoors or in a greenhouse 6-8 weeks before the final spring frost. Use well-draining potting soil. Arabis is typically easy to grow, but struggles with wet feet. Thin the seedlings to the sturdiest and apply a high-nitrogen fertilizer according to the directions on the brand you chose. There is no need to fertilize afterward. Also, try starting seeds directly in the garden bed once temperatures have warmed and there is no risk of frost. Optionally, to ensure proper plant health, mix in sand, wood chips, ground-up leaves, or other amendments to increase soil drainage before planting outside. If transplanting seedlings from indoors to out, harden them off gradually to avoid shock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring Charm Arabis is tolerant to some heat, drought, and poor soils once established but must be drained sharply. After germination, all you need to do is wait for the flowers the following year. Deadheading spent flowers will extend the length of the blooming season. Cut back the entire plant severely after flowering; this usually occurs in mid-summer. Light shade can be tolerated, but full sun ensures the most amount of blooms and vibrancy of color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpring Charm Arabis in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Spring Charm Arabis flowers are a must for gardens on banks, slopes, or sandy areas! It will feel right at home in gardens located in low-elevation coastal regions. It even looks at home in prairies or meadow-like flower gardens. Arabis is also perfect for those cultivating gravel or rock gardens. Try pairing it with plants that bloom in mid to late summer and into fall. This will allow a beautiful trade-off of attention between plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Spring Charm Arabis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hardy foliage and brightly colored blooms make these Arabis plants perfect for infertile, drought-prone yards and gardens. Use them as a ground cover to protect the soil and provide color in the spring to early summer before other bloomers take the show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Spring Charm Arabis Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArabis blepharophylla\u003c\/em\u003e is not listed as toxic on the ASPCA’s website. There is conflicting information regarding the edibility of this variety of Arabis for humans, but it is not thought to be harmful to consume. Other varieties of Arabis are commonly consumed in a similar way to watercress. Consume with caution if desired,\u003c!--attr--\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eand ask a healthcare provider any questions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArabis’ fragrant flowers are endemic natives to California and are considered rare. They are not known to be invasive in any area. It can also be known as Garden Arabis, Wall Cress, Garden Rock Cress, or Caucasian Rock Cress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArabis blepharophylla\u003c\/em\u003e, more commonly known as Arabis, is native to specifically the San Francisco Bay Area and surrounding coastal regions. The genus \u003cem\u003eArabis\u003c\/em\u003e has grown exponentially over the last several years, with many of the \"old world\" varieties retaining the genus \u003cem\u003eArabis\u003c\/em\u003e while many of the \"new world\" varieties having been reclassified in the \u003cem\u003eBoechera\u003c\/em\u003e genus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\"California natives will be glad to see these seeds on the market. Plant these in your Californian gardens or send them as gifts to your Californian friends to help a struggling population of wildflowers!\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpring Charm Arabis Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mg Packet - Approximately 530 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 15,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Spring Charm Arabis seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"250 mg Packet","offer_id":40534742663283,"sku":"61714","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":".25 Oz","offer_id":40534742696051,"sku":"61715","price":37.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":40534742728819,"sku":"61716","price":115.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/arabis-spring-charm-flower-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1758315910"},{"product_id":"basil-genovese-microgreens-seeds","title":"Basil - Genovese - Microgreens Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12-16 days.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use micro basil in place of regular basil in any recipe, for extra intense basil flavor. Micro basil pesto is amazing. Keep damp with regular misting until sprouted and the roots are established.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/basil-genovese-seeds?variant=38818568904\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-herbs.png?11208874335812730243\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eHerb\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBasil - Genovese - Microgreens Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilcum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePresoak:\u003c\/strong\u003e No Soak\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreferred Growing Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic or Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Rate \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003eper 10\"x 20\" tray\u003c\/em\u003e: 1 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackout Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated time to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e green\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e intense basil\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vitamins E, A, K, B6, and C, protein, calcium, iron, zinc, magnesium, copper, phosphorous, and potassium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenovese Basil is a \u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003emucilaginous\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e seed, meaning that it develops a jelly-like coating when it gets wet. Mist more frequently to keep the coating moist. Grows very well hydroponically and does better in well-lit conditions, but it is a slower grower. You may experiment with harvest times past 10 days. Genovese basil is a beautiful green color with an interesting shape that makes for a colorful garnish. Micro basil does not grow tall, so you will need to harvest close to the root line and rinse well. Micro basil seeds are among the more expensive seeds, but are worth it for their intense basil flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e***Note: Although we have indicated the specific medium that this particular seed prefers, you can still experiment with either Hydroponic or Soil mediums. Results may vary.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor more detailed instructions on growing, as well as some troubleshooting and tips, please visit our \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.reamaze.com\/articles\/growing-microgreens-in-soil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSoil Growing Directions page\u003c\/a\u003e or our\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.reamaze.com\/articles\/how-to-grow-microgreens-hydroponically\" title=\"Microgreens Hydroponic Growing Directions\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHydroponic Growing Directions page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFacts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs can be seen from the nutrition information above - basil contains so many different nutritional benefits! It's not just a great tasting addition to your cooking. A few of the health benefits include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFull of antioxidants that reduce free radicals, which aids in cancer prevention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAntibacterial and antimicrobial properties - which combat infection and viruses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 19,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 76,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 304,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,520,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 7,600,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":45197500168,"sku":"30626","price":6.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":45197500232,"sku":"30625","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":45197500296,"sku":"30624","price":25.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":45197500360,"sku":"16621","price":84.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":45197500424,"sku":"16614","price":327.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-genovese-microgreens-wm_700_1222x1222_1a736283-2353-48c0-95f7-29b063db55cb.jpg?v=1764633702"},{"product_id":"lettuce-romaine-freckles-microgreens-seeds","title":"Lettuce, Romaine - Freckles - Microgreens Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e14 to 16 days\"possibly 21 days if growing to baby green stage. Freckles Lettuce Micros are quick to germinate in cooler temeratures, and you can watch them grow to microgreens--then harvest at your leisure! Once these microgreen seeds have reached that stage, you can let them grow to baby green stage or harvest and eat!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lettuce-romaine-freckles-seeds?variant=39476731656\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-vegetables.png?16318523494985210529\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eGarden\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Freckles Lettuce Microgreens Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePresoak:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 days (21 days + for baby greens)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic or Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red and green stems and leaves, sometimes light green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same mild flavor of their full grown counter part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vitamins B, C, and K, folic acid, and fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \n \n \n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n \n \n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare your growth mediums by moistening it. Spread seeds evenly across the surface and moisten with a spray bottle. Cover for 3 to 4 days until adequately germinated. Place under a grow light and watch grow. Water regularly. Begin tasting microgreens to mark the change in flavor as they mature, so you'll know when you like to harvest them. The great thing about lettuce microgreens is that you can let them grow to baby green stage, harvesting them anytime between. Avoid too much heat and humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":47736077384,"sku":"18085","price":6.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":47736077512,"sku":"18086","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":47736077640,"sku":"18087","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":18284190236787,"sku":"42187","price":99.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/lettuce-romaine-freckles-microgreens-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1756134668"},{"product_id":"barley-hulless-organic-sprouting-seeds","title":"Barley - Hulless (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e5-6 Days. \u003cem\u003eHordeum vulgare\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. Organic hulless barley is an ancient grain with a modern twist. Similar to wheat and rye sprouting seeds, non-GMO hulless barley is dense in essential protein, iron, zinc, and B vitamins while providing an excellent fiber source for juices and green smoothies. Whether growing as a sprout, microgreen, wheatgrass, cover crop, or field grain, Organic hulless barley seeds have truly proven to be one of the most diverse grains ever. Wholesale seeds and bulk available. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Hulless Barley Sprouting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Sprouting Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotice: \u003c\/strong\u003eOur Hulless Barley is not Barley that has had the hull removed mechanically. It is Barley that naturally has a very thin hull (usually comes off during harvest) called Hulless Barley. It is good for planting, sprouting, or germinating as it is live, undamaged seed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Difficult\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 tbsp per quart jar, sprouting tray, or sprout jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-6 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweeter than wheat sprouts but not as sweet as mung or garbanzo bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Iron, Zinc, Magnesium, Phosphorus, and Vitamin B1, B2, B3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 250 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Hulless Barley Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing either a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, or hemp sprout bag, add about 1.5 tbsp Organic hulless barley sprout seeds to your container and allow seeds an initial soaking for 6-8 hours. After initial soak, continue to rinse Organic barley sprouting seeds 2-3x per day and immediately drain, not allowing water to sit and soak. Rinse seeds 2-3x per day for 5-6 days, keeping Organic barley sprouts fresh, crunchy, and hydrated without waterlogging. Non-GMO Organic hulless barley sprouts are quick to harvest in just 5-6 days, ready for fresh use with a flavor sweeter than wheat sprouts but not as sweet as mung or garbanzo bean. Barley sprouting seeds grow a protein-rich sprout fortified with Fiber, Iron, Zinc, Magnesium, Phosphorus, and Vitamin B1, B2, B3 and about 250 calories per cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMore Than A Sprouting Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHordeum vulgare\u003c\/em\u003e, or more commonly known as barley grass, is one of the oldest and most produced grains in the world. First domesticated and grown alongside einkorn and emmer wheat nearly 10,000 years ago, barley has since become a popular grain for milling, soups, stews, and a fermenting grain for beer, malts, and distilled spirits. However, barley has also received recognition for its benefits as an essential winter cover crop. As a cover crop, hulless barley is a first-rate weed suppressant while also providing protection from wind and erosion. Once the winter is over, barley is then tilled back into the soil to provide Organic nitrogen content for future crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more about sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Non-GMO Organic Hulless Barley Sprouting Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 875 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 3,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 14,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 70,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 350,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic hulless barley sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Oz Packet","offer_id":31778056568947,"sku":"48422","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz Bag","offer_id":8639828033651,"sku":"41385","price":4.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":8640061964403,"sku":"41386","price":7.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb Bag","offer_id":8639828099187,"sku":"41387","price":14.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb Bag","offer_id":8639828131955,"sku":"41388","price":45.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Hulless-Barley-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762441857"},{"product_id":"mustard-seeds-white-gold-mighty-mustard","title":"Mighty Mustard® White Gold - Cover Crop Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e35-40 Days. \u003cem\u003eSinapis alba\u003c\/em\u003e. Cover Crop. Heirloom. Non-GMO. Mighty Mustard® White Gold seeds are one of the most beneficial, diverse, and quickly maturing cover crops for the home garden. Mighty Mustard® White Gold was specifically bred by the University of Idaho's Dr. Jack Brown to develop the most tolerant garden cover crop ever. White Gold seeds grow a deep taproot to loosen soils, are rich in essential glucosinolate for pest control, while converting nitrogen back into depleted soils as a green manure. Wholesale seeds and bulk available. ~11,250 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about Cover Crops:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/cover-crop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet Your Free Cover Crop Growing Guide!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mighty Mustard® White Gold Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eSinapis alba\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e White Mustard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMighty Mustard Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual cover crop zones 1-11 (not intended to overwinter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35-40 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMighty Mustard® Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 oz per 1000 sq. ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broadcast directly and lightly rake and tamp into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Gold Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heirloom Mighty Mustard® White Gold seeds mature into a 24-30\" tall cover crop with a weedy, wildflower spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMighty Mustard® Soil Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taproots loosen soil to improve tilth, drainage, and weed suppression while also rich in glucosinolates to aid in minimizing pesticide use, and converting nitrogen back into the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow Temp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-75° F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Light Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases\/Troubleshooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-GMO \u003cem\u003eSinapis alba\u003c\/em\u003e is a hardy short-season cover crop with no serious pests or diseases, grown for its tolerance to extremes, and is often planted for its glucosinolate content which serves as an all-natural garden pest and insect repellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wildflower greens with a spread of bright yellow, nearly white, mustard blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMighty Mustard® Cover Crop Mow:\u003c\/strong\u003e If mulching back into soil, annual mustard cover crop is best if mowed down 6-8 weeks before planting new crop to allow glucosinolates time to fortify soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mighty Mustard® White Gold Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mighty Mustard® White Gold is a diverse short-season cover crop and can be seeded nearly anytime of year for a quick garden mulch and manure. Open-pollinated White Gold mustard seeds are intended for full sun outdoor sowing, broadcast and lightly rake and tamp in nearly any type of garden soil in need to loosening or repair in full sun. Mustard seeds germinate in 5-12 days and mature into a 24-30\" tall cover crop with a bright yellow, nearly white, weedy wildflower spread. If mulching back into soil, annual mustard cover crop is best if mowed down 6-8 weeks before planting new crop to allow glucosinolates time to fortify soil. Non-GMO \u003cem\u003eSinapis alba\u003c\/em\u003e is a hardy short-season cover crop with no serious pests or diseases, grown for its tolerance to extremes, and is often planted for its glucosinolate content which serves as an all-natural garden pest and insect repellent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mighty Mustard® line of mustard cover crop seeds was developed by dedicated plant breeder and University of Idaho professor of Agricultural and Life Sciences, Dr. Jack Brown. Much like all of Dr. Brown's research, Mighty Mustard® was specifically cultivated to better assist the local environments with an even more robust and abundant cover crop, marked with a noticeable ability in preventing broadleaf weeds. Dr. Jack Brown is most notable for his work in reducing a dependency on crude oils, arguing that alternative fuels and biofuels, can be sustained from oilseed crops such as rapeseed and mustard seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mighty mustards are a special group of mustards specifically developed to have higher concentrations of glucosinolates to function as a soil fumigant. That is what gives them the ability to target nematodes and suppress diseases. Regular mustards, like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/mustard-farmers-favorite-cover-crop-mix\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFarmer’s Favorite Mix\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, are more traditional mustard strains. They are edible as mustard greens - a southern favorite. \u003cstrong\u003eMighty mustard varieties are not for human consumption.\u003c\/strong\u003e The high concentration of glucosinolate can cause digestive distress in some people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMighty Mustard® White Gold Benefits\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mighty Mustard® White Gold was specifically bred and cultivated to increase its ability as a cover crop. Not only can White Gold mustard seeds be sown in the spring as a beneficial summertime companion plant, but are most popularly grown only to be mulched back into the soil as a rich source of season-long nitrogen. White Gold mustard cover crop seeds are a safer, more reliable, source of nitrogen than store bought supplements and additives because there is no risk in burning roots with direct nitrogen contact. And like Daikon radish, Mighty Mustard® White Gold seeds develop a deep taproot to break up hardened soils in overgrown and uncultivated grow spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Mighty Mustard® White Gold Cover Crop Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale Seeds - Approximately 45,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale Seeds - Approximately 180,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 900,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mighty Mustard® White Gold cover crop seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":12600738021491,"sku":"41669","price":4.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":12600738087027,"sku":"41670","price":9.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":12600738185331,"sku":"41671","price":22.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":12600738250867,"sku":"41672","price":74.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-white-gold-wm_700_1222x1222_0c5520ea-bdfa-4390-902c-befc3f9dde5d.jpg?v=1764634122"},{"product_id":"basil-seeds-lettuce-leaf","title":"Basil Seeds - Lettuce Leaf - Microgreens","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25+ days.\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium Non-GMO Lettuce leaf Basil microgreens seeds. Ocimum basilicum. The lettuce leaf basil variety develops larger leaves sooner and more consistently than other varieties of basil microgreens seeds. Available in paper packet sizes and bulk sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/copy-of-basil-seeds-lettuce-leaf\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-vegetables.png?16318523494985210529\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eGarden\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Lettuce Leaf Basil Microgreens Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ocimum basilicum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMustard Seed Presoak:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGerm time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Medium Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic or Soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Antioxidants, fiber, Vitamins A,C, E, and K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e A classic shade of basil green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e This basil has a more spicy aromatic flavor similar to anise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreen Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large leaves make it slightly chewy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGorw on Lettuce leaf basil microgreens seeds the way you would grow other basils. No presoak required. Just spread the basil seeds across the growth medium and spray down with water. Cover seeds with a paper towel or lightly with a thin layer of soil to provide consistent moisture for the seeds. Allow at least 5 to 7 days for germination. Once the lettece leaf basil cotyledons appear, expose your growing microgreens to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor more detailed instructions on growing, as well as some troubleshooting and tips, please visit:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Growing Microgreens in Soil\" href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.reamaze.com\/articles\/growing-microgreens-in-soil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehttps:\/\/trueleafmarket.reamaze.com\/articles\/growing-microgreens-in-soil\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 17,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 68,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 272,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,360,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 6,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":31619244032115,"sku":"47125","price":5.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31619244064883,"sku":"47126","price":6.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31619244097651,"sku":"47127","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31619244130419,"sku":"47128","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-lettuce-leaf-comp.jpg?v=1762443501"},{"product_id":"basil-seeds-lettuce-leaf-1","title":"Basil Seeds - Lettuce Leaf","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Lettuce Leaf Basil Herb Seed from True Leaf Market. Ocimum basilicum. As basil has many different varieties, Lettuce Leaf Basil is a sweet cultivar that comes from Japan and has a similar to Italian basil. This type of basil develops crimped, 5\" bright-green leaves with thicker stems\"giving off a sweet scent. Lettuce Leaf Basil has been used as medicinal remedies to help digestion. This herb is popular as a fresh addition to salads and an ideal ingredient in Asian cuisine. With its mild verdant flavor and abundant growth, this type of basil also makes a perfectly crisp lettuce for sandwiches and savory chicken wraps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/basil-seeds-lettuce-leaf\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Herb Garden Planting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60+(leaves) 90+(seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-11 Perennial, 3-9 Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Japanese beetles, slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright-green leaves, white flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Herb Seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, crisp mild verdant, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-basil\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u0026gt; \u0026gt; \u0026gt; Read Full Basil Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u0026lt; \u0026lt; \u0026lt;\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Lettuce Leaf Basil (Ocimum basilicum) plants grow 18-24\" tall as compact bushes. Heirlooms such as Lettuce Leaf, blossom into late summer with abundant growth, developing thicker stems and crimped bright-green leaves. Your sweet basil crop will reach ideal harvesting before they bloom, as their leaves reach 4-5\" and produce a sweet scent. This large-leaf variety looks similar to Italian-type basil with mildly verdant flavor, continuing to provide a fresh aroma and crisp flavor until the first frost arrives. By early fall, your Lettuce Leaf Basil will grow small white flowers and begin to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn general, basil is an ultimate and ancient hybrid herb\"making it a challenge for gardeners to place a single origin. Basil can be classified as either sweet or non-sweet. The popular types are referred to as sweet. For example, a cultivar that isn't in the sweet category would be clove basil.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eNon-Culinary Uses for Lettuce Leaf Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil has a sweet and fresh scent that provides a more mild flavor than Genovese Basil\"making this a perfect herb to aid digestion by eating fresh. As a medicinal remedy, their large bright-green leaves can also provide a sweet aroma to your summer herb garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Lettuce Leaf Basil Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis type of basil originated from Japan. As a diverse herb, Lettuce Leaf Basil can complement savory foods in Asian cuisine and develops similarly as Italian Basil . Lettuce Leaf Basil is also an ideal fresh addition to salads, sandwiches and crisp chicken wraps. Lettuce Leaf Basil is also perfect for making a warm tea to help aid digestion by steeping the aromatic leaves in hot water.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Lettuce Leaf Herb Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil blooms small white flowers, giving off a sweet and mildly verdant scent, making this variety another popular herb to repel insects such as flies and mosquitoes during the summer. As Lettuce Leaf Basil abundantly grows up to 18-24\" tall with 5\" leaves, this sweet basil is most often grown to provide more protection to other plants. Large-leaf basil such as Lettuce Leaf, is known to bolt less than other herb crops and do well in the heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLettuce Leaf Basil Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 160,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":31982802436211,"sku":"48946","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":31619253534835,"sku":"47125","price":5.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31619253567603,"sku":"47126","price":6.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31619253600371,"sku":"47127","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31619253633139,"sku":"47128","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/basil-seeds-lettuce-leaf-Comp.jpg?v=1762443502"},{"product_id":"tomato-aunt-rubys-green-german","title":"Tomato Seeds - Slicing - Aunt Ruby's German Green","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eSolanum lycopersicum\u003c\/em\u003e. Aunt Ruby’s German Green Tomato Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, indeterminate, slicing tomato. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. A large green beefsteak with delicious sweet spicy flavor \u003cstrong\u003e12-16 oz.\u003c\/strong\u003e light green when ripe with a tint of yellow and a pink blush underneath. Originally from Germany, these were perfected by Ruby Arnold of Greenville, Tennessee. ~7,500 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eSolanum lycoperscium\u003c\/em\u003e (previously \u003cem\u003eLycopersicon esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual: Not intended to overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slicing - Larger, round tomatoes, the size of your fist or larger. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indeterminate - Indeterminate tomatoes are vine-type plants that sprawl (requiring a cage or trellis to support them) and continue to grow throughout the season. Indeterminate tomato plants will continue to produce tomatoes for the rest of the season, so you can harvest continually. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready to harvest 70 to 80 days from transplant. Tricky to get a tomato by the 4th of July with these varieties. They are good mid-summer producers for most USDA Zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.2 to 6.8), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting. Tomatoes like more phosphorus and potassium than other vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common pests known to harm tomato plants, in general, include the tomato hornworm, cutworm, aphids, flea beetles, tomato fruit worms, and whiteflies. Also, watch for common diseases such as blossom end rot, fusarium wilt, powdery mildew, verticillium wilt, late blight, bacterial canker\/spot, and tobacco mosaic virus. Most of these can be prevented by maintaining a regular watering schedule and avoiding overwatering. Regularly check your plants for pest damage throughout the season. For treating pest and disease problems, we recommend using an organic neem-based product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAunt Ruby’s German Green Tomato Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAunt Ruby’s German Green Tomato Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet with a spicy touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomato Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slicing, salsa verde, and canning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Aunt Ruby's Green German Tomatoes in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cultivate Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes, begin by sowing the seeds indoors 7-9 weeks before the last anticipated spring frost. Plant the seeds at a depth of approximately 0.25 inches in well-draining, loose soil with a slightly acidic pH ranging from 6.2 to 6.8. These indeterminate, slicing tomatoes thrive in full sun, so ensure they receive adequate sunlight. After 7-10 days of germination, when the seedlings have developed sufficient size and strength, transplant them outdoors. Choose a transplant date after the danger of frost has passed, typically when the weather is consistently warm. When transplanting, maintain a spacing of 24-36 inches between individual plants and rows to accommodate the sprawling growth habit of these vigorous tomatoes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThroughout the growing process of Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes, regular maintenance is crucial. Indeterminate in nature, these tomatoes benefit from sturdy support structures like cages or trellises to manage their sprawling vines. Regular pruning of excess foliage promotes better air circulation and reduces the risk of diseases. Companion planting with basil, marigolds, or nasturtiums can help deter pests and enhance overall growth. Consistent watering, particularly during dry spells, and a well-balanced organic fertilizer application can contribute to healthy plant development and fruit production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Aunt Ruby's Green German Tomatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetermining the optimal time for harvesting Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes involves closely monitoring the fruit's color and feel. When the tomatoes reach a size of 12-16 ounces and display a light green hue with a hint of yellow and a pink blush underneath, they are ready for picking. The indeterminate nature means that the plant will continually produce fruit throughout the season, allowing for a staggered harvest. Gently twist or cut the ripe tomatoes from the vine, taking care not to damage the plant. Harvesting can extend well into the growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Aunt Ruby's Green German Tomato Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes have a rich history, originating from seeds brought over by a German immigrant, but then cultivated and made famous by Ruby Arnold in Tennessee. The variety is cherished for its unique characteristics, including large, flavorful, green beefsteak fruits. Its introduction to new regions has made it a favorite among gardeners and tomato enthusiasts alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the specific breeding goals may not be explicitly documented, Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes are valued for their exceptional taste and attractive appearance. Bred over time through open pollination, this heirloom variety has likely adapted to various growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tomatoes are ideal for slicing due to their substantial size and deliciously sweet, spicy flavor. With fruits weighing between 12-16 ounces, Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes are not only visually appealing but also versatile, suitable for fresh eating, slicing on sandwiches, or incorporating into culinary creations like sauces and soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile Aunt Ruby's German Green tomatoes can be grown in containers, their indeterminate nature and potential size make them better suited for larger containers or raised beds. Hanging baskets may not provide sufficient support for the sprawling vines and large fruits, so it's recommended to cultivate them in well-supported containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To enhance fruit quality, consider providing consistent, deep watering to prevent issues like blossom end rot and fruit cracking. Additionally, placing reflective mulch around the plants can optimize sunlight exposure and contribute to more robust growth.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-choose-what-kind-of-tomato-variety-to-plant\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuide to Tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAunt Ruby's Green German Tomato Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 gram - Approximately 250-275 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 30,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 120,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Aunt Ruby's Green German Tomato seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31758037942387,"sku":"48542","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":31758037975155,"sku":"48547","price":5.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31758038007923,"sku":"48543","price":10.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31758038040691,"sku":"48544","price":27.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31758038073459,"sku":"48545","price":83.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tomato-aunt-rubys-green-german-comp.jpg?v=1757463288"},{"product_id":"bean-seeds-wax-bush-cherokee","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Cherokee Black Wax","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Cherokee Black Wax Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, bush, snap, wax bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15) and Rust. Cherokee wax beans can be referred to as black or yellow as their beans are black and their pods are yellow. The Cherokee Wax Bean is a valuable addition to any home garden. Its combination of disease resistance, high productivity, and flavorful pods makes it an excellent choice for gardeners seeking a reliable and rewarding crop. While not specifically bred for deer resistance, heat tolerance, or drought tolerance, it is generally hardy and adaptable to various growing conditions.  ~70 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also called string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eWax - Wax beans (also called yellow beans) are very similar to green snap beans and have a similar flavor profile. The primary difference is they lack the chlorophyll that makes green beans green. The yellow hue looks like wax, hence the name. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15), and Rust. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCherokee Black Wax Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow pods, Black beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCherokee Black Wax Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, buttery flavor when young.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eFresh eating, steaming, sauteing, canning, freezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Cherokee Black Wax Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant beans directly into the garden bed and avoid transplantation. Sow the seeds one inch deep, 4-6 inches apart, in rows spaced 18-24 inches apart. Wait to plant your bean seeds until after the frost date has passed and the soil temperatures are consistently around 60 F. Avoid spacing the plants too close together to allow proper ventilation and avoid diseases. The plants prefer full sun exposure and thrive in well-drained, fertile soil with a pH between 6.0 and 7.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater is crucial for bean plants. While they can handle light drought, they will have reduced yields. Keep the soil evenly moist, but allow the soil to dry slightly between watering to avoid root rot. Mulch around the base of the bean plants to protect the roots. Fertilizer isn’t always necessary, but many gardeners claim that applying a balanced feed a few times a season can increase yields. Just be sure to avoid heavy nitrogen fertilizer or other amendments. Inspect the plants on a regular basis and apply pest control methods as needed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Cherokee Black Wax Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pods are ready to harvest when they reach about 5 inches long, but before the seeds have started bulging. To harvest, hold the stem with one hand and gently pull the pod with the other to avoid damaging the plant. Harvesting in the morning when the pods are crisp and full of moisture can help maintain their quality. The Cherokee Wax Bean is best consumed as a snap variety when the pods are young and tender. It is not commonly used as a shelling bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Cherokee Black Wax Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cherokee Wax Bean is an heirloom variety cultivated for generations. While the exact historical connection to the Cherokee Nation is not well-documented, the name honors the Cherokee people's agricultural heritage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bright yellow pods enhance the garden's aesthetics and add color to culinary dishes. Its ease of cultivation and resistance to common diseases make it a favorite among both novice and experienced gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bean is primarily used for fresh consumption due to its tender texture and mild flavor. It's versatile in the kitchen, suitable for salads and side dishes, and can be preserved through canning or freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Wax Beans are low in calories and a good source of vitamins A, C, and K, as well as dietary fiber and essential minerals like iron and potassium. Incorporating them into your diet can contribute to improved digestion, immune function, and overall health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Due to the color contrast of these bean pods with their plants, they are easy to see on the plant and then harvest. Sometimes the green pods blend in and get missed, but you can see Cherokee pods easily!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCherokee Black Wax Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - package - Approximately 74 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 280 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,150 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 5,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Cherokee Black Wax Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31775489917043,"sku":"48403","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31775489949811,"sku":"48404","price":4.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31775489982579,"sku":"48405","price":9.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31775490015347,"sku":"48406","price":22.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31775490048115,"sku":"48407","price":74.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-seeds-wax-bush-cherokee-comp.jpg?v=1759500119"},{"product_id":"green-mustard-microgreens-seeds","title":"Green Mustard Microgreens Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eGreen Mustard Microgreens Seeds. Brassica juncea. Non-GMO. Light green in color spicy mustard greens flavor. Can be grown as microgreens (harvest in 8 to 12 days) or seed more sparsely and harvest as baby greens (21+ days) Grow only in soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Mustard Microgreens Seeds\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen Mustard Microgreens Seeds - Brassica juncea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeeds For: Microgreens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrogreens Days to Harvest: \u003cspan\u003e8 to 12 - Baby Greens Harvest: 21+\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeed Quality: Non-GMO - Heirloom - Premium Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGermination Rate: High - Open Pollinated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMountain Valley Seed Company Brand - Independently Family Owned \u0026amp; Operated Small Seed Company - Premium Quality Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31865074024563,"sku":"48651","price":4.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31865074057331,"sku":"48652","price":5.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31865074090099,"sku":"48653","price":9.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31865074122867,"sku":"48654","price":22.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31865074155635,"sku":"48655","price":76.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/green-mustard-microgreens-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759500121"},{"product_id":"pepper-seeds-hot-caloro","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Caloro","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Caloro Hot Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, hot pepper with medium heat levels. 1,000 to 5,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Caloro peppers are spicy and grow uniformly. Each pepper is 2 inches long and 1 inch wide with an interesting boubous to pointed shape. Walls are thick, and skin matures from green to a beautiful bright yellow. Approximately 5,000 Seeds per oz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12-24 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-30 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 to 5,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium - 2,500 to 30,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Jalapeno\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaloro Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow, Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaloro Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and mildly hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sauce, pickling, powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Caloro Hot Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaloro hot peppers thrive in warm conditions and require a bit of patience and care to flourish. These peppers should be sown indoors about eight weeks before the last expected frost. The seeds need to be planted at a depth of approximately 1\/4 inch in a well-draining, organic seed starting mix. Keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged, and ensure they are in a warm location to encourage germination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the seedlings grow, they should be provided with plenty of light — a south-facing window or a grow light can fulfill their needs. They can take longer than other plant seedlings to develop true leaves. Be patient! It can sometimes take 2-3 weeks for them to graduate from the cotyledon stage. Once the seedlings have developed a couple of true leaves and are robust enough, they can be hardened off. This process involves gradually exposing the plants to outdoor conditions over a week to acclimate them without shock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplanting should occur only after all danger of frost has passed and the soil has warmed. Caloro peppers should be planted in a sunny spot in the garden where they will receive at least 6-8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Space the plants about 18-24 inches apart in rows, allowing about 2-3 feet between rows to provide ample airflow and room for growth. Incorporating plenty of compost, fertilizer, or well-rotted manure into the planting holes is crucial to enrich the soil and promote healthy growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMulching around the base of the plants with organic materials such as straw, grass clippings, or shredded leaves will help retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. Pruning is generally unnecessary for Caloro peppers unless the plants become overly bushy and air circulation around the stems is reduced. In such cases, thinning out a few branches can help prevent fungal diseases and improve the overall health of the plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Caloro Hot Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaloro hot peppers are typically ready for harvest about 80-90 days after transplanting. The peppers change from green to a vivid orange when mature. The exact timing for harvesting can depend on the desired flavor intensity and use. These peppers are hot varieties, meaning their capsaicin content is high, contributing to their heat. Harvesting them when fully ripe often ensures maximum flavor and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo harvest, gently cut the peppers from the plants using a sharp knife or scissors to avoid damaging the plant. Handling hot peppers can cause skin irritation, so wearing gloves might be advisable, especially for those sensitive to capsaicin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Caloro Hot Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaloro peppers are known for their intense color and heat, making them excellent for ornamental and culinary purposes. They are also well-suited for container gardening, which makes them accessible for those with limited space, as long as they receive adequate sun, water, and nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as the Yellow Jalapeno, the name can be written as Caloro or Cal Oro and indicates the same species of pepper plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaloro was developed by the United States Department of Agriculture with the aim of producing a pepper that was resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar in appearance to pepperoncini, they pack a bit more heat, about 1000-5000 Scoville Heat Units. Yet, they pickle just as well and make the most delicious hot pickles! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I find that when I’m in the process of hardening off my seedlings, it is useful to have a tray or partial sheet of plywood on hand to help me carry all the plants inside and outside each day. In the beginning, they shouldn’t be out at night, and they should always be brought inside if temperatures dip below 50 F. \"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCaloro Hot Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Packet- Approximately 176 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1\/4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Caloro Hot Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31865353076851,"sku":"48510","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":31865353109619,"sku":"47656","price":5.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31865353142387,"sku":"47657","price":8.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31865353175155,"sku":"47658","price":16.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31865353207923,"sku":"47659","price":44.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Pepper_Hot_Cal_Oro_Comp.jpg?v=1771963206"},{"product_id":"pepper-seeds-sweet-golden-treasure-f1","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Golden Treasure Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-80 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Golden Treasure Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, sweet pepper with no heat. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. These Italian peppers have medium thick walls and shiny skin. They ripen from dark green to yellow, and grow to be 9 inches long. Plants grow 2 feet tall. ~5,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Treasure Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow, Green, Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Treasure Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salad, Stuffing, Topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Golden Treasure Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart growing your peppers by prepping your seed starting trays. You should plant the seeds about 6-8 weeks before the last spring frost date. Prepare your trays with either a well-draining soil or a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair. Plant the seeds about 0.25 inches deep. Try to keep the soil moist but not waterlogged. You can check whether you need to water your plants by sticking your finger into the soil - if it feels dry, then give your plants some water, but make sure not to overwater. If the soil looks wet, then wait for it to dry out a bit before you water your plants next. Keep your peppers in a warm spot, ideally between 80-90 F, and if it's a bit chilly, a grow light can be a great help for helping your seeds germinate. Once those seedlings pop up, usually in about 7-10 days, expose them to some cooler air before moving them outside! Plant your seedlings in a sunny location that has well-draining soil, ideally somewhere you haven’t grown nightshades in a while, to make sure the soil has plenty of nutrients. Make sure to cover the roots completely as you are planting the seedlings. Space them about 12-18 inches apart and space rows 2-3 feet apart. Make sure you aren’t planting hot and sweet pepper varieties close to each other to avoid cross-pollination. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a close eye on your peppers \u0026amp; take good care of them throughout the growing process to make sure they produce a bountiful harvest! Water them consistently, especially during dry periods. You can add mulch around the base of your plants to help keep the soil moist and suppress weeds. If your pepper plants get tall, you may need to provide them with stakes or a cage to support the weight of the fruit. You can also try companion planting - plant some marigolds and basil alongside your peppers to attract pollinators and keep the pests at bay. To help your plants grow, you can try giving them fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium. Be sure to follow the instructions on your fertilizer and not over-fertilize them. Keep an eye out for pests or diseases and make sure to address them immediately if you see signs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Golden Treasure Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll know your peppers are ready for harvest when they are about 8-10 inches long. They will be a bright red or yellow color. When you’re harvesting, use a pair of scissors or a knife to cut the peppers off the plant, leaving a small stem. Make sure you’re gentle and don’t damage the plant. They’ll be ready somewhere between 65-80 days after transplanting. Because they’re a sweet variety, wait for the peppers to ripen completely so they’re not bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Golden Treasure Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e This is an Italian paper that has been bred for its early grow date and its sweet flavor!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers have no heat, and they are great for frying and roasting. They are also great for fresh eating and salsas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese plants can grow up to 2 feet tall! Because of their size, they aren’t a great fit for hanging baskets, but they grow well in raised beds or garden plots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"These peppers turn from green to a bright yellow as they mature. You can harvest them a little before they’re ripe to add to savory dishes. Their green flesh will taste better in salsas than when they are fully ripe.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGolden Treasure Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mg packet - Approximately 45 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Golden Treasure Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"250 Mg Packet","offer_id":31873130233971,"sku":"48515","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":31873130266739,"sku":"47688","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31873130299507,"sku":"47689","price":14.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31873130332275,"sku":"47690","price":38.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31873130365043,"sku":"47691","price":121.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-golden-treasure-wm_1_1222x1222_9cc6dae0-5b98-4b8d-b2f8-d03698b112f6.jpg?v=1764633937"},{"product_id":"gourd-seeds-apple-large","title":"Gourd Seeds - Apple Large","description":"\u003cp\u003eApple Large (Lagenaria) gourds are a great decorative piece that can also be used for crafts. Gourds grow in an apple like shape that varies somewhat based on environment. They grow 7\" tall and 6-8\" wide, and usually weigh between 4-7.5 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGourd Seeds - Apple Large\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow seeds directly outside in full sun for summer. Seedlings should be thinned after around 4 weeks. Gourds are ready for harvest around 110 days or when the vine has browned. They can also be kept on the vine for longer so that they can fully dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Variety: \u003c\/strong\u003eGourd Seeds - Apple Large\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eLagenaria \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 Days - Annual Crop - Not Intended to Over-winter - All Zones in the U.S.A\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e High - Open Pollinated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds for:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eFarm \u0026amp; Garden Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-GMO - Heirloom - Premium Seeds \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-germinate-difficult-gourd-seeds\"\u003e\"How To Germinate Hard Gourd Seeds\"\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1\/4 oz - Approximately 46 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 185 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 740 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,960 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMountain Valley Seed Company Brand - Independently Family Owned \u0026amp; Operated Small Seed Company - Premium Quality Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":31987073613939,"sku":"48970","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":31987073646707,"sku":"47395","price":4.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":31987073679475,"sku":"47396","price":5.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":31987073712243,"sku":"47397","price":9.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":31987073745011,"sku":"47398","price":21.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/gourd-seeds-apple-large-Comp.jpg?v=1753733818"},{"product_id":"gourd-seeds-cucuzzi-italian-edible","title":"Gourd Seeds - Cucuzzi (Italian Edible)","description":"\u003cp\u003eCucuzzi (Italian Edible) gourds can be eaten like a squash. Gourds have light green smooth skin and pale yellow flesh, and grow up 30-48\" long and 2\" wide. Plants grow 18-24\" in height and have white blooming flowers. Sow seeds indoors for transplant or directly. Plant in the spring in full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGourd Seeds - Cucuzzi (Italian Edible)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest gourds early when they are 6\" x 1\" for summer squash. After 55-80 days, gourds will reach full maturity and are ready for harvest. Like squash, eat them fresh, stem, or fry. They are flavorful when eaten and also make for a great ornamental piece. Their hard shell when dried makes them excellent for crafts as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Variety: \u003c\/strong\u003eGourd Seeds - Cucuzzi (Italian Edible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eLagenaria siceraria\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-80 Days - Annual Crop - Not Intended to Over-winter - All Zones in the U.S.A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e High - Open Pollinated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Farm \u0026amp; Garden Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-GMO - Heirloom - Premium Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArticles on Gourds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-germinate-difficult-gourd-seeds\"\u003e\"How To Germinate Hard Gourd Seeds\"\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 10 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz- Approximately 35 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 140 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,240 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMountain Valley Seed Company Brand - Independently Family Owned \u0026amp; Operated Small Seed Company - Premium Quality Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":32010322215027,"sku":"48978","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":32010322247795,"sku":"47431","price":4.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":32010322280563,"sku":"47432","price":6.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":32010322313331,"sku":"47433","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":32010322346099,"sku":"47434","price":25.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/gourd-seeds-cucuzzi-italian-edible-comp.jpg?v=1762444061"},{"product_id":"pepper-seeds-hot-small-red-chili","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Small Red Chili","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Small Red Chili Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, hot-type pepper with medium heat levels. 5,000 to 20,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Native to the tropical regions of the Americas, the herbaceous perennial is most often grown as an annual garden vegetable during the frost-free growing season. High levels of capsaicin make red chili peppers ideal for use in spicy cuisine. Hot chili peppers can be eaten fresh or dried and ground into a powder for adding to sauces and soups. 3,400 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e  4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e85 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5,000 to 20,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium - 2,500 to 30,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Jalapeno \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Small Red Chili Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSmall Hot Red Chili Pepper Seed Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seeds of red hot chili pepper plants should be started indoors approximately 8 to 10 weeks prior to transplanting outdoors in the garden. Because chili peppers prefer warm weather and do not tolerate frost, it's a good idea to transplant chili pepper seedlings into the garden 2 to 3 weeks after your last frost date. If nighttime temperatures fall below 60 degrees F, it may cause your plants to yield fewer chili peppers because of reduced fruit set. Hot chili pepper plants that are given full sun and are watered regularly will grow into upright, bushy plants that stands 2-3' tall. Mulching around hot chili pepper plants is recommended to keep the moisture level in the soil even. You should have hot chilies ready for harvesting approximately 85 days after transplanting chili pepper plants into your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Small Red Hot Chili Peppers:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall hot red chili peppers are widely used around the world to create spicy, flavorful dishes. They can be used fresh or dried and powdered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSmall Red Hot Chili Pepper Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChili peppers are high in Vitamin C and antioxidant carotenoids. Antioxidant concentrations are higher in ripe, red hot peppers than immature green chilies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the capsaicin in hot chili peppers can cause a burning sensation, it's important to use caution when cutting hot peppers open to cook with them. The white pith surrounding the seeds has the highest levels of capsaicin. Be sure to wash your hands thoroughly after cooking with hot peppers and avoid touching your face and eyes, which can be more sensitive to the effects of capsaicin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.25 oz - Approximately 850 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 3,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 13,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 54,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 272,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":32033589166195,"sku":"49122","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":32033589198963,"sku":"47740","price":5.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":32033589231731,"sku":"47741","price":9.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":32033589264499,"sku":"47742","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":32033589297267,"sku":"47743","price":62.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39361939210355,"sku":"51023","price":236.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-seeds-hot-small-red-chili-Comp.jpg?v=1756483146"},{"product_id":"pepper-seeds-sweet-pepperoncini-italian","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Pepperoncini Italian","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-75 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Pepperoncini Italian Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, drought tolerant, sweet pepper with mild heat levels. 100 to 500 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses.  Pepperoncini Italian peppers have a thin, sweet skin that is perfect for pickling and growing in small spaces. They are 3-5 inches long and 0.75-1.5 inches wide. Bushes are relatively small and grow up to 36 inches tall.  ~3,400 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-75 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 to 500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003ePeppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepperoncini Italian Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepperoncini Italian Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Container, Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salads, fresh, pickling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought Tolerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Italian Pepperoncini Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing 2-3 seeds in each cell of a seed-starting tray filled with a premium germination mix. The seeds should be lightly covered with soil to a depth of approximately 0.25 inches and then watered thoroughly to ensure the mix is fully moistened. The key to successful germination lies in maintaining the soil's moisture and keeping the temperature within the 80-90°F range. Achieving the optimal soil temperature might require using a heating pad or similar methods, as pepper seeds are known to germinate more slowly in cooler conditions and fail to sprout if the soil is excessively cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the seedlings begin to display their true leaves, it's important to thin them out to maintain a spacing of 2-3 inches apart or to transplant them into 4-inch pots for further growth. Maintaining an ambient temperature of around 70°F during the day and 60°F at night is optimal. At this stage, fertilization should be minimal or entirely skipped to encourage strong root development without overstimulating the plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor gardeners looking to maximize their pepper yield, a controlled cold treatment may prove beneficial. You can significantly enhance fruit production by reducing the night-time temperature to 55°F for a month while ensuring that the plants still receive a minimum of 8 hours of sunlight daily. This method increases yield and prepares the peppers for transplanting 1-2 weeks earlier than usual. Following this period, normal care procedures should resume, adjusting the temperature to around 70°F both day and night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting, removing any premature flower clusters is a good idea to encourage stronger growth. The ideal time for transplanting is after the last frost when seedlings have reached a height of 4-5 inches and are between 6-8 weeks old. Gradually acclimate the seedlings to outdoor conditions by exposing them to the external environment for increasing periods daily, ensuring they are not subjected to temperatures below 50°F. Ideally, the plants should exhibit buds but no full blooms at the time of transplantation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prepare for transplantation, enrich the garden bed with compost and ensure proper spacing (12-18 inches apart in rows spaced 2-3 feet apart). Pepperoncini peppers thrive in soil with a pH of 6.5, rich in phosphorus and calcium. Plant the seedlings at the same depth as they were in their previous containers, water generously, and consider using a phosphorus-rich fertilizer to promote healthy growth. Additionally, conducting a soil test can provide valuable insights into any necessary soil amendments. Monitoring for pests and diseases is essential for maintaining plant health. Employing row covers and black plastic can extend the growing season. However, these should be removed if temperatures rise above 85°F to prevent blossom drop and ensure a bountiful harvest of pepperoncini.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Italian Pepperoncini Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItalian Pepperoncini can be harvested when green and 2-3” long for pickling. Or, wait until they are fully mature and a full red color (usually around 65-75 days after transplanting) for fresh eating. Use shears to remove the fruits from the plant by clipping them off 1-2 inches above the fruit. Store them in the refrigerator for 1-2 weeks before eating or processing further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Italian Pepperoncini Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heirloom pepper is sweet, with mild heat levels (100-500 Scoville). The red fruits grown in full sun are more likely to be spicier than green fruits. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eItalian Pepperoncini plants are fantastic for container gardening because they remain fairly compact. They typically grow up to 3ft high. They need at least 5 gallons of soil but do best with 10 or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePepperoncini Italian fruits have thin, sweet skin that is perfect for pickling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile peppers are typically grown as annuals, they can be overwintered in zones 10 and 11 to get a second harvest. They are technically a tender perennial. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe word “pepperoncini” in Italian means spicy pepper and is associated with a variety of chilis used for Italian cooking, including dried chili flakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If you have highly sensitive skin, it is always a good idea to wear gloves when harvesting peppers. These peppers are sweet and won’t affect most people, but it is better to be safe than sorry! Everyone should wash their hands with soap after handling them to avoid accidentally touching your own or another person’s eyes with capsicum (the spicy stuff).\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eItalian Pepperoncini Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg - Packet - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1\/4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 850 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 3,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 13,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 54,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 272,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Italian Pepperoncini Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":32033615970419,"sku":"49124","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":32033616003187,"sku":"47784","price":9.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":32033616035955,"sku":"47785","price":24.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":32033616068723,"sku":"47786","price":68.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":32033616101491,"sku":"47787","price":213.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39361940815987,"sku":"51025","price":846.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-seeds-sweet-pepperoncini-italian-comp.jpg?v=1762444148"},{"product_id":"lettuce-seeds-leaf-royal-oakleaf","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Leaf - Royal Oakleaf","description":"\u003cp\u003eRoyal Oakleaf lettuce is an improved Oakleaf variety that is slower to bolt. Heads form large rosettes of uniform leaves that are heat resistant. Leaves are dark green and shiny with an oak leaf shape and many lobes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLettuce Seeds - Leaf - Royal Oakleaf\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow seeds ¼\" deep in full sun. After 45-50 days, leaves are ready for harvest and can be picked individually or harvested as a whole head. Use these non-bitter leaves as salad greens or add to dishes for a unique touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Variety: \u003c\/strong\u003eLettuce Seeds - Leaf - Royal Oakleaf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003e Lactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-50 Days - Annual Crop - Not Intended to Over-winter - All Zones in the U.S.A\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e High - Open Pollinated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds for:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eFarm \u0026amp; Garden Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-GMO - Heirloom - Premium Seeds \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1\/4 oz - Approximately 6,370 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,480 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMountain Valley Seed Company Brand - Independently Family Owned \u0026amp; Operated Small Seed Company - Premium Quality Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":32035478831219,"sku":"49194","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.25 Oz","offer_id":32035478863987,"sku":"47534","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":32035478896755,"sku":"47535","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":32035478929523,"sku":"47536","price":7.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":32035478962291,"sku":"47537","price":14.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39353614598259,"sku":"50966","price":39.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39353614958707,"sku":"50967","price":145.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/lettuce-seeds-leaf-royal-oakleaf.jpg?v=1762444170"}],"url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/overstock-seed-discount-deals\/partial-shade.oembed?page=2","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}